Scribd
Upload
2K views1,425 pages

Mecanica PDF

Uploaded by

Piero Cardenas Villasante
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF or read online on Scribd
2K views1,425 pages

Mecanica PDF

Uploaded by

Piero Cardenas Villasante
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 1425
Problem Solutions By Dean Updike Chapter 1 real sods AB and BC are welded together at B snd loaded as shown. Determine the magnitude ofthe force F for which the tensile stress in rod 428 {twice the magnitide-of tho compressive sess in-vod BC Problem 1.1 mn Byg? POY 1968-5 amt eee eae P. AO™ Ayg 1963-5 = S09-3K107 oP THEN HS = 4417.4 mee (220) — P Ans = 20=P = 00843 - 226-480°P AMIE Equating Sy te 2 Gee ‘i é 509-3 yo" Px Q(0-0843 — 2264x108 P) Peuza en Problem 1.2 1.2 In Prob. 1.1, knowing that P= 160 KN, determine the average normal sis at the midsection off) rod A (8) 04 HC 1.1 1Wo solid eytindeal rods and Bate welded together at Band Yoded, as shown. Determine the magnitude ofthe force Pfor which the tense tes in rod AB ierwice the magnitnde ofthe comressive ses in rod BC (a) Red AB. 50m fee EM 5 P= loo kt (tension) Ayg = Tab MEO. 1963.5mm? pT 4 H 3 on Gig? Be = HOH? = nse re a ae i THA ime fe 1000 rn lh (O) Red BC. Fi (60-(2\(20) =~ 80 EW Le Bo EN compression. 2 ec = Tae + TEED. son 9mm 2 oes Ex tone % Be 9407-9 bes Proprietary Material, ©2009 The MeGraw-Hl Conpanles a. All igh reseed. No pt ofthis Masa! maybe dgplayed praca of Ta Pet Oe (Ab a*) >| Equating Py and Pe, Fede = PS (de -Ae) d= fQ + S) A lt we (ic) 1.7 Each of the four vertical links has an 8 * 36-mm uniform rectangular cross pins has a 1G-mm diameter, Determine the maxim nal stress in the Tinks connecting (a) points and D, (2) Problem 1.7 section and each of the fe value of the average n points Cand & Use bar ABC asa Free body. 20%" aca 0.040 - >} Fan (0,010) Fyn — (0.025+0,010)(g0x10*) = Oo Fao = 32.5 ¥)0" Link BD jz tension. EMg= 0: ~ (0.040) Fey ~ (0,025 )(20x10°) = Oo Fog 7 IRS KIN Link CB 3 ia eouprestion. = (0,008)(0,036.- 0,016 ) Ned area of one Sink For tension For two parable) Linlts, Ang? 220%/0"° = 1G0KIO” wm. Tensile stress in dink BD. = Feo 32.5 ~io3 (Gao = Rag > Baoxor® Gppt 1916 MPa. mw = 101.66 10" Area for one Pink in com pressiom = (9.008)(0.036) = RBBx 10% m* Fortwo para Del Bake, A = 576 x10* m® -12.5 vlo® . Ge = Ee FR =~ ai.70¥10° Gage RTM -eoprieiary Materia. © 2009 The MeGraw-Alt Companies, Ie, Alright eerved. No pt of his Mansa may be displayed, repeedaced oe istibaed in any oem or by any means witout te prior writen permission ofthe publisher, or wed beyond ths ined dnt but fo eh sn acators peated by McGraw-Hl or hi inva couse preperation. A ston! using this mame fusing without persion Problem 1.8 1.8 Knowing that the echtral portion of the link 1D has a ui fatea of 800 mm, determine the magnitude ofthe lead P for wl in that portion of BD is 50 MPa. cross-sectional he normal sites Feo? SA = (50*108) (00 15) ] 7 do>10N Aste Bp + fO.Se+ (42 | F 200m 5 Dse Free Badly AC for sttics, on (yom to Wied) + EE (Howie!) G1. HY - Plo74+h4) = O P= B2.1x10"N P= B31kN =a Problem 1.9 1.9 Knowing that Tink DE is 25 am wide and 3 mm thick, Ah nonnalstes in he cota potion ofthat ine when (a) 8 = 0, ) 00m oo Use member CEF as o free body DIM. = oO 203 Fos (0-2) (24.0 sin®)= (0+ 4) (240 cos) © © Foe = —/60 sin® —320c03 8 N 205 Dye = (01025)(0: 003) = 78X10 m* -326 N 27 MPa cea be) @= 40°: Fy = - SON =~ 212 MPa and Problem 1.10 4.10 Link AC has a uniform rectangular cross section 3 mm thick and 12 mm wide Determine the normal stress in the central portion af the link Eree Body Diagram of Phete 150 mm ‘300.N Note that the two 960-N Forces Form a coupte af moment (960 HY) (0-15) = 144 Nn 5IM,=0: 144 Nim ~ (Fre cog 30° (025m) = O Fre = 6650 a Brea oF Pink! Age (2mm \(2 mm) = 36 mm? Stress Ge = = IBIS MPa Spe* (8S MPa Proprictary Material, © 2009 The MeGraw-Hill Companies, ne Allright rservd, No prof his Manval maybe displayed, reproduced of aanbutod in ay frm or by any means, wilt the pros writen peaiison ofthe publisher, owed beyond the lined dstbuton to feshers, ‘and educator: permed by Meira forthe nbiviual couse preparation, A student sing tis manual ssn without permission, 1.11 ‘The sgid bar ERG fs supponed by the es Problem 1.11 jing that the meraber CG is a solid cirewlar rod of 18 mm dia the-normal kre CG. Using portion EFGCB as a free body HER ro gt kq-ico Using beam EFG as a Free bely DM, 01 -lea)et f+ un) (Bt Fd = © Foc = Fae = 25EN Cross sefionD area of member C6 Reo = Bd = Eloosl = 2544x100 Normal sheess in C6. Gia = RE = = pr 3h, Bah dK) es Problem 1.12 1.12 ‘The vig bar EFC is suposed bythe wus system shown, Det ‘mine the cross-sectional area of mermher AE for which the normal stress in the member is 105 MPa, at Using gection EFGCB as a Free body WZFy =0 A Fre ~ (=O Fae = 25k Stress in weaker AE Gre > 105M a Fre See Rae = 450 xJ0° m* i C= whe 2 ~ 18+ 613/03 Shess. Gie A tis X1O"* (b) See = -4H.4 MPa mt = 41.410" Pa Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeGra-Hill Companies, le, Allrights reserved, No part ofthis Manual may be displayed, reprodeced, or ‘Sstnbted in any form o¢ BY ay meas, without the prir writen permission ofthe publisher, or sed Beyond the nied dnotion to leahers and educators permed by Metraw-Hl fr ther individual cout preparation A student using tis rama! susing it without pesto, 1.14 An areal tow bat is positioned by means of « single hydraulic eytindor Problem 1.14 ‘connected by a 25-mm-diameter steel rod to two identical arm-and-wheel units DEF ao Tet ofthe etre to bar e200 kad ts centro gravity is toated (For ‘the position shown, determine the normal sess inthe rd. W= (200 kg)(4.8t m/st) = 1962.00 N HJEM,= 0% BSOR ~ Uso(i162.00 nN) = 0 R= 2654.5 N tent = GE K = 8-4270° +DEM_= 07 (Fey cos S50) ~ R(S0d) = O 0 350 cos BATT (2084-5 NY og. < Fe 2 ~ BABS R= 2054.5 en n= Key ~~ Feleor2sw = = 4.9697 * 10% Pa cept = AAT MPa 4 opritary Matera ©2009 The MeGrav-Hill Companes, ne llrightsreserved. No part ofthis Manual may be doplayed, reproduced, 2 permision ofthe publisher, or wed boyond he ited dstbuton to teachers, sited in any fo or by any means, witout he prior oy Mew for thei indvioal course preparation A stodent wing hs ranval sting it witout permission. 1.18 The voden members 4 an eto be joined By ply sp Problem 1.15 ‘willbe filly puedo the sre in contact. As pat ofthe dag of the it, and nowing thet th clearance between lhe ens ofthe ents to be etn te Sales allowable ent the verge shearing sexs the not to enceed 700K There are Foor separate areas thet ave glued. Each of these areas transmits one hall the the IS KN doate Thus F =4P = 4(15)= 7.5 WN = 27500N F F a Fe ee Let B= dength of one qlued area ond w= 1S rim?0.018m be its width. For each glued area, A> dw Ge eeH cul Average shearing stresst BR De The Mowatla shearing stress és Z 700x108 Pa > £ -,_ Bee _. : Sm Solving fur J, A> az TRON ESI TOBE * ARES mn Totel fewgdh Le Le La lgap)+ B= (42B546 + NZS L= 242mm = specimen shown failed in shear Problem 1.16 1.16 When the force P reached 8 KN, tho wi mine the average shearing stress along the surface indicated by the dash Kine along that surface atthe time of falure Bam 2 aA Area being sheared Sd A= GOwm * 1Smm = 1360 mm = 1350 1% m* Force P= 8~10" N PB __gxso? Shearing stens = F - B2/0"_ Proprietary Material, ©2009 The MeGrav-Si] Companies, Ine Allright reserved No pt ofthc Maral maybe displayed, itt in any form orby any means without the rie writen permission ofthe publisher, or ued Deyo the h ‘and edocvots permite by McCrae forthe individual ene preparation, A shen ing thn i Problem 1.17 1.17 Two wooden planks, each 12 mm thick and 225 mm wide, are joined by the dry rmontsejoint shown, Knowing that the wood used shearsofTalong its grin when the ‘iverage shearing sess reaches 8 MPa, detemmine the magnitude P of the xin ord [16mm which wl eause the joint to fa I Siy areas must he sheared off when the joint Fails. Each of these me areas hes dimensrons 1G mm * 12 mm , ge its area being A= UGA) = 192 mad = 192 X10 wt At Faifuve the force F carried by each of cmeas F= VA = (8x 1090142 10°) = 1536 N = 1536 kM Since there ane siv faitve aveas Pe 6F = G\LS3C) = 2.22kN <0 Problem 4.18 1.18 AA load Pis applied to a ste! rod supported as shown by an alurninum plate to Which a 12-mm-diameter hole has been drilled. Knowing that the shearing stess rust not exceed 180 MPa in the steet rod and 70 MPs in the aluminum plate, fem] determine the largest lond P that ean be applied to the rod, 10 mw For the steel rod, L A, = Tat, = (NG. 012 \(0.010) = 376.99 X10 m* Geb RGA B= (180 «10° (376.99> 15% T eS Eas = 8mm 67.86 r10" N For the afvminum phate, A, = 1d, by = (P¥0.040K0,008) = 1.005 a1n10% mn” me B&B oe Re UA Py = (70x 10°)(1, 00534 10°) = 70.372» 10" N The Ainiting valve For the foacl P és the smabler oF F and Pe Pe 67.8610" N PeG7GkN =e Problem 1.19 1.19 The aval force the column supporting the timber beam shown is P= 75 kN Determine the smallest allowable length J ofthe bearing plate if the bearing stess in ‘thetimber i not to-exceed's 0 MPa SOLUTION See ee let Sa > tw RB _ 7st? Solving for Lt > SS = Gena" Garvey 178.6 10° m L= 178.6 mm ies! 1.20 The load P applied to 2 stool rd is distributed to timber support by an an Problem 1.20 washer. The diameter of the rod is 22 mand the inner diameter ofthe washer is 25 ightly larger than the diameter ofthe hole. Determine the smallest meter «ofthe washer, knowing tha the axial normal stress inthe is 35 MPa and thatthe avcrage beating stress between the washer and the st not execed § MPa, Steed rod: A= FE (v.o2a)*s 380.13*10%m e © = 35¥10o Pe SrIO®S 380,12" Ps 6A = = 18, 305*/0°N Washew! 7 2 ea -f iS (MQ6607 10 = (0.025) + = = 4o13a*lo? d= 63.3r10% m lz 63.3 mm <@ Problem 1.21 1.21 A 40-KN axial load is applied 10 a short wooden post that is supported by a cconerete footing resting on undisturbed soil. Determine (a) the maximum bearing siess.on the concrete footing, (b) the size of the footing for wich the average Bo win Dearing sires in the soil is 145 kPa, 100 mm 0m (a) Bearing stress on concrete Footing. P= Yo kN = 4Yorlo'N A (OOO) = AID rem = 2¥ 18 mn i It eB 6 Eo geig® 7 3-88xloe Pa 3.33 MPa =e (b) Footing area. P= yo x107N GS dS kPa = 4510" Pa -_ 2 BL douse _ + org A> > figeigs 7 0-27586 = Since the area fs square, Ae b b= 1A = [0.27586 = 0.5285 m BF ERS mm = Problem 1.22 122 An axial ond Pi supported by a short W200 x 59 column of cerose-scetional area A = 7560 ini? and is distributed to 2 concrete foundation by a squace plate as shown. Knowing thatthe average normal stress inthe col lumn must not exceed 200 MPa and that the bearing stress on the co foundation mast not exeved 20 MPa, will provide the most econo side a oF the pl For the column ov P= 6A ~(rooxse')( 7560818" 15 12 LV For the axa plete, = 20Mfi ne Buse a Bes oroTe b/m Since the plete is sgoave Az ae azdA -fo0lsb = 9275" 2275 mm Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeGrs seb iv any form or By any means, without the prior weten prison ofthe publisher, or used beyond ie inted dsb ‘sd eestor permite by Mew I for thing course preparation, A student ving Ut minal i uing tna permision HU Companies, In. Al ights eserve. No part ofthis Manua may be iphyed reprodeced or io techers Problem 1.23 750m Sonn {-—— a0. Aap Na From At ZF, = 0: 5 Bsc « 7a. & PE Oe Ht Acta 2H. eee Ro” 2dt Problem 1.24 Bonn From qeometey, WER OF = kG, HC @) Ta AE BE fee ) & = Ay? =e. c at oe Rat geonelny CE~ [Zon' 128 ce BEC-P=o 1.23 A 6-mmdiameter pin is used at connection C ofthe pedal shown, Knowing that P= 500 N, determine (a) the average shearing stress in the pin, (b) the nominal bearingstressin the pedal at C,(c)the nominal bearing stress in each support bracket atc Draw Free bod. Diagven of ACD. Since ACD i. 3- Force member, the reaction at C is divected toverd point E, He intevsection af the Bnes of action of the othev tuo forces. _ B25 mm, -P=o C= 26P = (2.6i(500) - 1800N ZO. (2MiR000 . - $i: Gyrroo} | 23.0%10 Pa Gy? 23.9 MPa, me 1800 < > notaries) 7 24,1 210° Pe Ge ti.) MPa me 1200 = AT H10% Pa G= Zh TM Pa 1.24 Knowing that a force P of magnitude 750 N is applied to t determine (2) the diameter ofthe pin at Cfor which the average shearing stress in the pin is-40 MPa, (6) the corre g bearing stress in the pedal at C (@) the corresponding bearing stress support bracket at C, Draw Free body Fie ahiagvam of ACD. Since ACD is a B-Porce member, the reaction at © € is Aivected foward peiwt E, the intersect ion of the Bines oP action of the other two forces. foc” + (25° = B25 mmm C= 26 P = (26)(250)= 1950 N . (enuesey _ vidtm ds 18? MSHI) B5.0%10" Pa Gs B50 MPa al 1.25. A12mmdianeter seo od ABs ited oa round hole near ead Probie tee C of the wooden member C’D, For the loading shown, determine (a) the max- Shin average nr se wed (Me ties Bor wih he a= x ‘erage shearing stress is 620 kPa on the surfaces indicated by the dashed 1 (7 ——_(o) the average bearing stress on the wood. mm a4 », FI5kN @) Moni: om average normed stuess in the wood. Bret = (25~ 12 UB) = 1.134 210% wom = 1.184 1 on™ P+ 450 N= 450x107 NV = tonto” 5 3.47410" Pa 1134 jo> 3.97 MPa <0 =E. pace 50 x10* i; m1 (TR Tee O° FEE > WitenatGzoxsesy * 2021 b= 202 mm By 1DEMg = OF ey 2 } ObE -~W5)Lb)= 0 a RePEc Es SN eet | oes ERO LL E+B2O Bye B= 5KN eee ° By = GEN B-fBFr BP =F Te = TREN @) Shearing stvess in pin ed B. 2 : “6 2 Ryne Eda oF (oer) = ap xia Bo, ike To RL” Titers 7 69MPe =< (e) Bearing stress oA B. TB x10 “TE Gene” teers « At (oror2)(orolg Proprictury Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lnc. Al rights reserved. No pat ofthis Manual maybe dpayed rereduted, oF Astibted in any form or by any means, without the pir writen permirson ofthe publish, of used beyond te fied nti o eachers and edcaor permite by McGraw il forthe india courte pepustion, A sede wing this nv is usin witostpetion P : 127 Forthe assembly and long of Prob 17, determine a) the average sheting roblem 1.27 stress in the pin at B, (6) the average bearing stress at B in member BD, (c) the avewagekatng sess atin member ABC owing ta his member has 10» S0- tm unifomeconglr eos selon, 1.7 Each of the four vertical links has an 8 x 36-mm uniform rectangular cross section and cach of the four pins has a 16-mm diameter, Determine the maximum vale ofthe average normal stress in the finks connecting (a) points @ and D, (6) points Cand £ Use bar ABC as a free body. (0.040) Fy, ~ (0. 0254 0.040)(20 »108) = 6 Feo = 32.5% 10° N Feo (@) Shear pin at B. ve ZA for double shear, where A= Ddte £(o.06)* = 201.06 «io m® = 32.5 «103 ae < = Ce aT) 7 80-8 x10 1280.8 MPa <8 (b) Bearing: fink BD. A= dt = (0.016)(0.008)= 128 lo" m* Ge fe : tos M ee X10) 196.9610" Gy * 127.0 MPa ©) Bearing in ABC ot B. A= dt = (0.01)0,010) = 160x10°° m* = Feo . 3t.5x%J0? _ 7 Gs “NP Set 7 208 «108 6, = 203 MP =e Proprietary Material, ©2009'The MeGraw-Hil Companies, Ie. AM right reserved No art of this Manual may be displayed reprovced, of istebsed in ay Frm or by any mean, witout tho por writen permission ofthe publisher, or sed beyend the inated ds uton to teachers nd edvestors permite d by Metra fr ther indeidslcouse preparation, A shade sng this ara 6 wsing it without permison. 1.28 Link AB, of width b = 50 mm and thickness ¢~ 6 mm, is used to support the Problem1.28 end ofa horizontal bam. Knowing tha the average normal stess in the link is 140 MPa, and that the average shearing stress in each.of the 10 pins is 80. MPa, Adelermine (2) the diameter ofthe pins, (8) the average bearing stress in the Root AB is in compression, Az bt where br 5Omm and Ee Goma A> (0,050\(0.006)= 309710 m* = -6A = -€ 10 x10%)(300%107°) = 42 10° N For the pin, AgEA* and & sonjoe 3 SRE KIO me foisa selon) = 2. SBS x10" mm Dz RTA mum A (@) Diametev_a. i 42 mjo% te <9, GasdsriotKe.cocy ~ FMC” Pa 6,2 27) MPa =e Proprietary Material. ©2000 The MeGraw-11M Companies, ne. AM sights reserve. No pat of this Manel may be dpe, eprduced, or stibted many fom or by any means without the peor wre persion ofthe pals, or ws yond the Hite dition teachers ‘an eluates pessited by Mera Hil for ai advil cose prepara, A ston! wing hs manual ising i wibout persion, Problem 1.29 1.29. The 5.6-KN load P is supported by two wooden members of u form cross section that are joined by the simple glued scarf splice shown termine the normal and shearing stresses in the glued splice. Ps 6227 = 70"~G0" = 30° Dye Cet28)(0075) = 4-375 a0? m™ S=0499 Mia v= Pesinge . (227 410") sin bor ZA. 4-375 15>) U =002dR MPa mew Problem 1.30 1.30 Two wooden memhers of uniform eross section are joined by the nple scarf splice shown. Knowing that the maximum allowable tensile stress the glued splice is $25 kPa, determine (a) the largest load P that can be safely supported, (b) the corresponding tensile stress inthe spive, Ag = (06125 )60.075) 3 F325 X10) n> @ = 9° ~Co* = 80° = Peeste oe (528x180) 60378 ¥153) (a) ES = 6X62N Prbvb2z EN ) T= 0303 Mha he we Proprictary Material 2009 The McGraw-Hill Compas ished in any form or by any means, withoa the prior writen perm fad edesirspraited by MeGraw ih renerved, No pat of ie Manual nay be dapayed, repose, or ofthe publisher, or wed heyoad the linited dstbuton io teachers ‘Actadent wig ths mansl i wsng& without permission Problem 1.31 ular cross section ae joined by the borin and 1.31 Two wooden members of uniforn simple glued seat splice shown. Knowing that P= 11 kN, determine th shearing stesses in the glued splice. 8 = 40"- 45" = Ys* Per ikN = ilvioN Ba * (ISOMISY © H.9S%10° mt = HAS IO mm" (1) 410° j cos? 45° Tas x(0"* = Haqyi? Pa (Ihx}0? Ysin 20° (Xiiasma*) 4.89210" Pe GS 489 KPA Ve HB KPA et Problem 1.32 @) w) 1.32 Two wooden members of uniform rectangular cxoss section ae joined by the simple glued searf splice show, Knowing that the maximum allowable tensile sess inthe glued splice is 560 KVP, determine (a) the largest Jon P that ean be safely applied, (6) the corresponding shearing stress in the splice, = q°-45" » 45° Ag = (ISOMIS Y= TLRS 1 moe = MN DSHKT G+ S6OkPa = SEOx/0% Pa P cos? o: ts p = She . (bono (11,25 210°) - Gs cose = 12.60%/0" N P12. 602M at] PsinBeos® _ (12 GOrIO )GintS” Kews 6°) A z Was «1o"> T= 560 KPa we = S60%)0" Pa Problem 1.33 1.33 A centtc load P is applied to the granite block shown, Knowing thatthe Teslting maximum value ofthe shearing stres-in the block is 7 MPa, determine (a) the magnitude of P, (6) the orientation of the surface on which the maximum shearing stress occurs, (c) the normal stess exerted on the sur- face, (d) the maximum value of the normal stress in the block. Mo 2001S ONE) 2 00225 Leas IT MPa = 45" for plane oP Taw @) Ls WPl= BAe Lang =@ (010225 ITE) = 765 EN = &) sin202) 20 * 40° =< eh costases E257 Z we) Gas A, OAs BTL =-17 MPa ) 6 2 PL Teese oe 7 mer OB 02S Problem 1.34 1.34 A 960-4N loa! P is applied tothe granite block shown. Determine the resting maximum value of (the somal tes, () the shearing sess Spee: iy the orcation of the plane on which each ofthese waxinunm Values occurs [ 3 Ae (OIF) lors )2 00226 m 5 6 = 2 este = EE as'6 =~ 4207 Ki0 eos" Ke noms (@.) mon tensife stress = O of @ = 9° mane, compressive stress = 4267 MPa "450 nm at O= 0° 16 3 Gb) tu, = B= _AbeMto a hee = DRL Slaesis) 723 MPa ot O= 48° Propretry Material. © 2009 The MsCraw-Hil Campane, In. Alig reserved. No put of this Manus ny be di ‘ithotd na Tom or by any mens, wut the rie write perision a he publish, o used Bey the med fl edcsors pert by MetiaHil fr tenn course preparation, Aer sing thi man ein wihonperisce Problem 1.35 1.35 A steel pipe of 400-mm outer diameters fbreste from 10-mnm-thick plate by Welding along a helix thot forms an angle of 20° with a plane perpendicular to snxis ofthe pipe: Knowing thatthe maximum allowable normal and shearing stresses Inthe directions respectively normal snd tangestial to the weld are.o ~ 60 MPa = 36 MPa, determine the magnitude P ofthe last axial force thatcam be the pip. d= 0.400m (ae tae= 0,200 ll Y.= f,-& = 0.200 -0.010 = 0.190 m a Ag = Wns ne) = T(0,200*- 0, 190") 12.25 x/0O°% m* @ = 20° Based on |G1= 60 MPat © = £ cos*9 pe AcS - 2.28 060% 10%) _ ggg y/0% y cos *O e05* 20° Based on IZ1= 30 MPa ts ere sia 20 12.26 xlo™)(2ExIOJ 1272 4Jo2 N t sin YO 7 Smalfer value is the Mowable valoe PP. P= 323kN = ie 1.36 As pipe 400mm over dante fn 1Owmikpla y ingle of 20° with a plane perpensicelar fo the ofthe pipe. Knowing that 300-EN ava force Pfs aed tthe pipe determine the normal and shearing stresses in directions respectively nora tangential 1 the weld. do = 0.400 m To = tee = D200 m Yi = Vo-t = 0.200-0,010 = 0,190 m A. = We" Wk") = 1 (0. 206% - ©. 1907) = 12.2 xpo73 mt @= 20 = PB wigtg - = 300%fo* cos? 20” Om gyre asso Fa2L6x10"R 6 =-21.6MPa me 26 = 7302x103 sin Yor = ot sin ahe QUIZ 25% E> 7. 7 xy 0% Ue 71.37 Met Problem 1.37 1.37 A stee! loop ABCD of length 1.2 m and of 10-mim diameter is placed as shown around 8 24-mmidiameter aluminum cod AC. Cables BE and DF, each of 12-mm e “eter, ate used to apply te Toad O. Knowing tat te lta stength ofthe tee! used for the loop and the cables is 480 MPa, determine the Krges! load Q that can be applied if on overal factor of safety of 3 is desired Using joint B asafree body a and ednsiderivg symmetry) in 23h - Qe 0 Tie Fas Q= Sfa andconsideriag symmetry, @—— Fi, Using joiat A as a free bocly < 2: ¥Fm- Fre = 0 Fie B£Q-FeeO 1 Qe eae Based on strength of cable BE, Qu = GA= & Ed* = (Hgorio’) F (0.012) = 54.2741" N Based on strength of steel Poop, Qs * Shige = $6A> SQ FH = £(480x10*) F(0.010)* = 45.240" N Based on strength of rod AC. 28h $64 = $B a = ¥(aboxtot) F (0.024)* = 98.22 x10" N Actuc? vitmete Poa Quy is the smadbest.-- Qy= 45. 24/0" N AMoubte Doo Q: & - AS Rie | 18.08 xJ0" N Q= 15.08 kN — Proprietary Material © 2009 The MeGraw-Hll Companies, oe. Al ight reserved, No prof is Manz maybe displayed, reproduced, ce thsebted navy oro by any me, rho he pre wren permission ofthe plier, asd beyond the Tie distin teachers $e edcnors ported by MeCra Hil fr hat ndvidual couse preparation, A stant wing his maa snsing without pesion 1.38 Member ABC, which is supported by a pin and bracket at Cand a cable BD, Problem 1.38 ‘was designed to support the 16-KN load P as shown. Knowing that tlk for cable BD is 100 Kt, determine the fictor of saety with respect Use member ABC as a A Free body, anc note that member BD is a two-foree mem bar, DEM, O: (P cos HO" Wie 2) 4(P ain 40" )(0.6) =f Fy, cos 20” )(0.6)~ {Fay sin 30" 00.8) =O [30443 P - 9.71962 Feo = 0 Fon = 1.81935 P= U.3rzasy(i6x 10%) = 2. G0 ;4 x10 N Fur = [00*10* N Fer 100 x10% Eso = er - deere” 345 =e ns. Fao 2.4014¥107 Rs Problem 1.39 2.39 Knowing that the ultimate load for eable BD is 100 KN and that a factor of required determine the magnitude of the safety of3.2 with respect eable fil om largest force P which ean be safely applied as shown to member ANC Pp wy var Use member ABC as a A Free body, and wate Fao that member BD is a 8 _ jwo-force membev. G DEM,= 0: (Pevs I"1.2) + (P sin H0°V(0.6) ~ (Fay eos 30°0.6)~ C Fey sin 30°04) = Oo 1.30493 P - 0.71962 Fy =O P= 0.55404 Fay Rolo adbe wake of Fey Fep = et 2 Weel. 3.125 kN Ry = (0.S8404)( 3.125) Put 1.732 kN {© 2009 The MeGra-HBI Companies, ls. il ight reserved. No prt of hs Mana may be dapaye, reproduced, ot By any means, without ep risson of he pusher, or used beyond the ited station fo echt by Meal or thelr individual couse preparation. A stud sing this narnol is osing it without permison. Problem 1.40 1.40 The horizontal fink BC is 6 mm thick, has a width w = 30 mm, and is made_of a steel with a 450-MPa ultimate’ strength in tension, What is the factor of safety if the simicture shown is designed to support a load P= 40KN? q 4eEN EMes 0 (0+3 cos 80") Fag — (048 sin 30°40) = O Foc = 3466 KN Reger (0006 )(0+03) = 1B x10 mn Fe. Ses REE Bae Gun (18x10 (A450 KIC) 9g RS = Foc BAT e KIO? + Problem 1.41 L41_ The horizontal link BC is 6 mm thick and is made of a steel with 4.450-MPa loa strength in tension, What should be the wih w ofthe ink ifthe stacture shown ito be designed to support a Toad P= 32 EN witha factor of safety equal to 3? DEMO (o-3co: 20") Fg —(o-#5sin20" (32) = © 27°7 KN, - Fe _ Se 9 on Ae” ES 7 Es 3 S.) Fao _(3)(ZIeT HO) cb) L450 woe) wz 00307? mam 23068 min Propricary Material, © 2009 The Metraw-Hit Companies, Ine, Alright eerved. No pert ofthis Mamas may be played ropa ise in ay frm or by any means, wit the prior writen pernstion of the publisher, or wid beyond the limited duis to echers Ln edveatrs pened ty MeGraw Hil fr their indus coor proportion. A sent ing hs mara sing eho pee, Problem 1.42 hn | Dy oe She = Bas FS 1.42 Link AB isto be made of a ste! for Which the vltintate normal stress is 450) MPa, Determine the erass-seetional area for AB for which the factor of safety will be 4:50-Assume that the link will be adequately reinforced around the pine at sl PeUared= 2.6 bn Fag 4D EM, = Ot Vt ay ~(O-BX Fig sin 85") + (0.2)(.6) 7 Dy 4040) =O Fra = 21619 KN = A, = ES) Eo = Cun aa HS ¥ (OF = 1GB.1 x10. me Rw 21 619xIO® N (3.50\(21.619 x10") Aya? 163. \ mam” ath Proprietary Materia ©2009 The MteGrav-Hl| Companies ne. Al ips reserved. Nop ofthis Maal may be dapayed pds oF sete ny Fon by any ‘wot the prot writen permisnn othe publisher er wed byend the ited dion ota ‘and edeatrs pesmi by Metical or hl Sal ears reparation, A stent ing hes sing itn perms Problem 1.43 1.48 The two wooden members shovi, which support 16-KN Toad. ae joined hy plywood splices fully phat on the surfaces contact, Thulimate shearing ress in the pcs 2 Maan th leave basen emcees 6 in, Detain ie required length ot each splice ia factor of safely of 2 75s to e achieve 125 00 There ane 4 separate aveas of g luc. bate “Sie Fack afue avea must tavsmit 3 kN oR of shea boas, P= @kN = axio8N Required wftimate Poads Py = (ASP = (2.78) B10") = 22x10" N Requivad Iergth af acch fue aveae . 22x10 &e GAs GA» = Tyee oF Ts cai Zw ~ Cp enl0*\(6, 5 8) <3 Length af Le 2D4e = (2 70.4*10%)+ 0.006 = 0.168210 my L= 146.8 mm 1.44 For the join and lading of Prob. 143, determine the fectr of safety. knowing Problem 1.44 tha length of cach splice is J, = 180 mm. 1.43 The wwo wooden menbers shown, which suppost a 16-KN Toad, are joined by plywood splices filly glued on the sfacesincontat. The lmate searing stessin ok bom the ge is 2.5 MPa a the ckearance between the members is 6 mm, Determine the required lenath of each spies if factor of safety of 2,75 i to be achieved, Theve ave 4 separate aveas of que. Fach gfe avea must transmit 8 ki of shear Load. P= @kN = axlo'N Length oP splice Le 2246 where Le Jength Pale od o = cDenpance. 2 4£(L-c) =4@120- eee 0,087 m Area of ghve, A= Dw= (0.087\0.125) = 10.375%107 m DPimate Dood, Pye TA= (2.5x10%)l0.875% 10%) = 27,1875 «10% N 2 AS = B: BAe Fis. = 2.40 36.667 kv Require Py = (FSP =(3.35 86.667) = 122.83 kW PB as wR Ta* 4 4Py _ fleXi2.g201) _ -3 W( 360% 10°) a A =20.8 mm =e Altsghts reserve. No arto this Manan may be displayed epee, emis of the publisher or wed Bead the rated dsaton tears rth inva course reparation, Aster wig this maa using Hho permission 47 A toad Bis supported as shown by a ste! pin that has been inserted in a short Problem 1.47 ‘wooden member hanging from the ceiling. The ultimate strength ofthe wood used {60 MPain tension and 7.5 MPa in shear, while theultimate strength ofthe ste! is 145 MPain shear. Knowing that b= 40 mm, c= 35 mm, and d= 12:mm, determine the load P ifan overall factor of safety of 3.2 is desined. 148 For the support of Prob. 1.47, knowing thatthe diameter ofthe pinis d= 16 ‘mm and that the magnitude of the load is P = 20 kN, determine (a) the factor of safety for the pin, (6) the requined values of 6 and cif the factor of safety forthe ‘wooden members i the same as that found in part forthe pin. Pe 20 kN = 20x10 N Par Asta’ = Foo) = 201.06 x15 wl Double shea U2 =e P= 2A%G = 2 Rob teaic* ras x10% ) = 58.39¢*10" N Es. Po _ $8.386x10" _ B= Roxios 29% ce (b) Tension in wood Py = $8.336u/0"N for same FS. --> RB = Bb i. = = RK wera) where Wr 4Omm = 0,040m Pu =o. 98. 33G¥10"__ = yo.ax/o* m A+ FE = OOM +o epoEOKD b= 42.58 mm < Shear in wood Py = 53.336*10° N for same FS, Double eee each area is A= we Y= i = Qwe $8.33; -s = = 97.2 410° Mm c* wt 40)¢7. oo Ce 97.2 mm = Sema Mate ©208 Th Mer Comping anon Nop of Si Mmm be dian reed ot ire a any form or by any the prior writen permission ofthe publisher, ased beyond e ited dtbution owas {nd eductrs pete by Mees Hil for heir individol cous preparation, Aden exng ti mana! ising ft without permission, Problem 1.48 1.48 A toad P is supported as shown by a steel pin that has been inserted in a short ‘wooden member hanging from the ceiling, The ultimate strength of the wood used is 60 MPa in tension and 7-5 MPa in shear, while the ultimate sirength ofthe ste! is 145 MPain shear. Knowing that 6= 40 mm, c= 55 mm, and d= 12:mvn, determine the load P if an overall factor of safety of 3.2 is desired, Based on clouble shear im pin Py = 2Aty= 2¥d*r, = FQ)(o.012)'145¥10°) = 32.3010" N Based on tension in wood Paz AS, = wlb-d)6y = (0.040)(0. 040 - 0.012)(60*10*) = 67.2 x107N Based on double shear in the wood Pos 24% = Awe, = (20.040)(0. 058 (75x108) = 33.0 xJ07 N Use smallest Py = 32.8 «pot nN Abowahte P= we : 3f.2 x10" F 10.25")0" N 10.25 kN — Proprietary Matera. © 2009 The McGraw Hl] Companies, In. Alright served. No pat ofthis Mana ay be dpaysd reproduce, or Wee S242 a rapicry Mat 009° Cra Compan ne Avis ced No et of Mana a ede rho itr in ay frm by any rior wien pean of he publisher, or sod leyend the nied dstbution to weacers the edueatrs parma by McGraw-Hl or ter individual oace pepsin, A sade ein hs moms usng witht prasion Problem 1.50 $0 Solve Prob. 1.49 asuming hat hepa Cad have bean replaced by ps 230 smu dane 1.49 Bach ofthe two vertical links CP connecting the two horizontal memes 4D) ad EG hat wif ctangular rose section 10 mn thik and 40 rn wide and iamade of to witha ulimat strength tension of 400 MPa, The pins Cand 250 mm F each havea 20 num dante nd are made of tel with an ulin strength in sh shear of 130 Ms Determine the overal fico of say forthe inks CF andthe pins 400 min comes them othe Brion neers al mm : | Use member EFG as free body. Cc a Fae Fee Eee e J eam fe ots ml DIM, = of iaviaas ote Top ~ (045) (24000 24kN Fey 737 AN Fartre by tension in Pinks CF. (2 pavate? Pinks) Net section area for | Sinks A= (b-a)t =(-04-o-d)o-0#) =200 216 %m? Fy = 2N6;, = (2)4eox10 (200K +) = sho kA Fai Pure by double shear in pins, A= Bat = Bod) smn ne’ m? Fu = 2A %, = (2) 34-tex0s ®) S010) = 94.26 kA Actua? ultimate Load is the smaffer value . Fy = 24.28 kw Bo, eas Facto of safely: RS = EP #39 FiS.+242 0 att Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-tlll Companies, Ine All ih reserved: No par of his Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or (ous —ov0rs)o-o1z 3x10 mm? Fy = GA = toxie®) (3x10) = 1AT kN ste Poad for Beak amd pin is the smaller. = /0309 kN Ablow ybte values of Fig and Fro. biti E, = Ex. f03:09 an BET “go T3456 kw Allowable tod For structure is tHe smaflen of 3 Fay old Ry, = 2 (2436) Pris7tiy Proletary Materia, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Compante, lc, Al ight reserve. No put ofthis Manel may be ipod, repraced darbted any form o by any means. without te prior writen permision ofthe publishes or sed beyond he init dsribton to teachers tnd edecators permite by McGraw Hl for tee indvidal coure preparation Astaden sing ths matual susie k without permission. Problem 1.52 -S0-mm eros section, that all other specifications remain anchanged, determine the allowab actor of safety of 3.0 is desired. iF an overall 1h oF the steel links: AB and C1 is connected toa support and to member by 25-rm-diameter steel pins acting in single shear, Knowing that the e shearing stress is 210 MPa for the steel used in the ping and that the tess is 40) MPa for the steel used in the links, determine the overall factor of safely of 3.0 is desired. (Note that the links nan the pin holes.) allowable lo fare not reinforced Use member BCE as Free bod. DEMg= 0% 05 Feg—0Is P =O preR, HIEML=E Of 03 Fy eae P =O P= aie Avea of al pinst Age Bd® = E loess} a9 tna’ne Net seckion area oP Pink AGL Anet= (b-a) tag = (ores ove25)G.012) = anid n® Net section area of He 2 Pinks CD ic the same. Fabpre by pis Aand B in singe shear, Frelo= Te Apn (Fra) y = (arox10!)(490-9x10"+) = 103-09 kN Failure by tension in Bink AB, (Frode 6 Anet (Radu = (44ereMG re) 7 kw Witimate foad Por Dink and pins AB is the smaller’ (Fas)y =/03-09 kéy Conresponding vitimate Boa, Py = &(Faaly = 68-73 kw Failure by pins Catal in double shoare (Rae 2H Apia (Fen dy = (2V210 x10) 90-9 x10" 8) = 206-18 AN Fade by tension in Sinks CD+ (Rely Si Avet CReg)y = 4tex0) Gx") = 147 EX Vetimate Pou? For Pinks ane pins CD in the smabfer: (Figs = /47 kiv Corresponding uttimate Jocol: Por Beg), = 58-8 en Retual ubtimate Poad is the smabler. = $88 kN Alowsbte oad P: 7S Peltb kA tt 18 inthe ste! srr shown, «61mm dante pin is wed a and Problem 1.53, diameter pins oe use at and D. The ulinate shearing sei 150 Pa at al onnection a thukipate noma sens 400 Ne ink 0 Krew factor of eat of 8s dese, termine argent ond Pht ca sped at Not that ink BD isnot eifovced wound he pt les Front ew > Use Free body ABC. # He men ADEM. = OF 0.286 P ~ 0.120 Fen = © saa 8 P- 3 Feo ay —160 mm —— Silo sew 4DEMg =O: 0.160 P= 6.120 C =O P= eC @ Tension on net section of Duk BD. Fao? G Ant = a Ant = (HE HOB (6 es*D18- 10M") = €,40x)0°N Shear im pins af Band De 150210°)(E Yio «15? = 2.9270. «10° N Fap= CAps> Ze Ed? = Smadber value of Fey is 2:9270r10 NM, Fre P= (3) 8: 9270x10") = 1.683 K 10" N Shear in pin at C Cr 2 Rpm = 2 EE Ba? «(2B YF Y(Gns*)' = g9n74 10" N From @) Ps (BV2820Io) = 212x107 N Smaller yedue oF P is cow ede veloc. Pe 1683x10N Ps 1683 kN L. sm 7 Use free body ABC. Front view 4D EM, = 0.280 P - 0.120 Fy = 0 Side ew 4DZMg = 0% o.leo P - 0.12200 = ——<$— ep -3¢ ‘ i Fc @y Tp iow c Feo t Tension on net section of Jak BDL Peer Gy eee! Foot S Ant = pe Aut feo «10% = aazto%y Covi? e215") = 4.0 xJ0? N Shear ia pins ad Band D, Fant TAs ee Ea® (MORONEY amis? )* = s.6s99 o1ct SmeDer vebse ir Feo fs 80x00" N, From (9, P= (S$). 8ov pot) = Zogxic' N Shean im pin at C, ce a » ade Eye = QV EQEZ VEY Gxt N= 2.827441 N From G@), = GVZ827% 1) = Zax N SinMer valor & P is the Mouwehbe value. Pr 206x100 M PrZ0GkN ma Problem 1.55 1.55 Inthe structure shown, an 8.mm-diameter pin is used at A, and 12-mmn-diameter pins are used at B and D. Knowing that the ultimate shearing stress 100 MPa at all, connections and that the ultimate normal stess is 250 MPa in each ofthe two links joining # and D, determine th allowable load P if an overall factor of safety of 30s desired. Top view sn 9 Statics ? Use ABC as Free body. : ¢ FB Fao DEMg=O: 0.20 Fa- OR P =O ' peer i OE Ma= 0: 0.20 Fxp-0.38P = Oo Based on double shear in pin A- 9 Fv A=4d? = F(0.00a)* = 50.266 « ZtA _ (A 100 xJO*)(50.266 x10) 2 3.351 x103.N i 3.0 = BR = 3.72 x0" N Based on double shear in pins ad Band Dy A= Bat = Flo.oay © 113.10 «10% m* Fo = ABA = RMI *10£ J(N3.1O%10"S) 2.654 vio? N 3-0 P= 12 Fy = 3.97 «109 N Based on compression in Sinks BD. For one Pink A= (0.020 (0,008) = 160 x/0% m* 250A _ (ailase xJof G0 XI) _ gg 7 wjoo NV Feo = “Ee, P= PR = MH.04 xlot N Aowable value of P is smallest. 2 Pr 3.72¥10°N P= 3.72 KN = Problem 1.56 56 In analtemative design: the structure of Prob. 1.55, pin of 10-mm-diometer be used at 4. Assuming that all other specifications remain unchanged, rine the allowable load P ifn overall factor of safety of 3,0 is desired 1.85 Inthe structure shown, an 8-mm-diameter pins used at4, and 12-man-diameter pins are used at B and D. Knowing thatthe ultimate shearing stress is 100 MPa at al ‘connections and that the ultimate normal stress is 250 MPa in each of the to links joining 82nd D, determine the allowable Jond P ifan overall factor of safety of 3.0 Top view desived. fram mmaaf- tt L anes te Sister. T A S 8 poe] : x Feo DEMe= OF 0.20 Fe-O.RP =O ‘ 120m) Pa eR Front siow ‘Siske view * ‘ YE Maz 0: 0.20 Fep-0.38P =O to Based on double shear in pin A. P= ig Feo A=3%dt = F(0.010)* = T8.5¥ x10 m* F, = SRA. (100 x08) 78254 wiO) 2 £236 4)05 N 4 RS. 3.0 aoe ° P= WE, = $.€2 x10 N Based on double shear in pins ad B and D- A= Bd = Foo) = (13.10 jo" * = AGA _ loox/o% )(13.loxlo§) _ | es Fan = 284 = e- 7S4x)0°N Pe # Fao = 3.97 x10 N Based on compression in Sinks BD- For one Pink A= (0.020 )(0.008) = 160%/0* m* = 280A _ (2) 280 «10% eo xis®) _ s eee teeeette = 26.7 «105 N P= Ge Fap = I.04 ¥Jot N Mowable value of P is smallest... P= 3.97 x10" N P= 3.97KN = Problem 1.57 +157 A 40-kg platform is attached to the end B of a 50-kg wooden beam AB, which fs supported as shown by a pin at 4 and by a slender stcol rod BC with a 12-kN ‘ultimate Youd: (a) Using’ the Load ‘and Resistance Pactor Design method with a resistance factor ¢= 0:90 and load factors Yo ~ 1.25 and 7, ~ 1.6, determine the Targest load that ean be sally placed oa the platform. (5) What isthe corresponding conventional factor of safety for rod BC? ‘Ay We wW, DEM, +0: (24)8R- 24 wi -bL2W, = Pr Fw +Ew, For dead Doading, W,= (u0)(9.81) = 392.4 N W,= (S0)4. 81) = 490.5 N Po = ($X 392.4) +E 490.8) = 10628 x Joo N For five Joacling, Wi= mg We= 0 RL= mg From which om = % Ba a Design evtenion, YR + nA = OP R= PR=-VR _ (.20)(iaxio*) ~ (.25) (1.0628 x10") Yi at Le i = §.720«10° N @) Mlowable toad, m= $ S:92x10 m=B62 kg at Conventional Factor safety. Pe Bs P= 1.0628 wo +.5.920%/0? = 6.983x/0" N w AS. = BH. x0 ES L718 = P <.983x105 Proprietary Materia, ©2000 The MeGraw-Ht Companies, ne All ight reserved. No pt of hs Manoa! may be displayed repreced of ‘srbted many form or by any means, wou the prior writen permission of te publisher, o ses beyra he lined dtibution ota ‘nd educators prmited by McGraw-Hill indvsusl eos peepavation. A sodent wing dis anual sting it witout prison. Problem 1.58 £1.58 ‘The Load and Resistance Factor Design meshed is to be used to, Selest the two eables that will raise and lower 9 platform supporting two win dow washers. ‘The platform weighs 72 ke and cach of the window assumed 10 weigh 88 ky with equipment. Since these workers are free to move fn the platform, 75% of their (otal weight snd the weight of their equipment will he used as the design live load of each cable. (a) Assuming a resistance factor @ = if factors y= 1.2 and y, = 1S, determine the re ‘quired minimum ultimate load of one cable. (b) What isthe conventional foe tor of safety forthe selected cables? % P+ UR = PPR Pa = Ces aR 0.85 283576 ky =2-78 -bN = Conventional factov af safely Pe Re PRs gx72 + OI x2 BB = 168 by = LGR EN, 278 « P *Fogp 2 69 Proprietary Materia © 2009 The McGraw-Hill ) = 1.82404 +107 mm" a~ A Lsttotro’ _ Go 2 d= 60.2 mm — 1.32404 w]0% m™ Allright reserved. No prt ofthis Manual may be dpe, reproduced, or 3 sed Leja the ited tebation to ears nls macal sing witht permission Proprietary Material © 2009 The MeGraw-Hlll Coupes, stated in any form er by any meas, without the rie writen pescon of Ue publi tn educates peste by McGraw-Hill fo ei indiadual cours preparation, A student rob 6 1.63 ‘he hydraulic cylinder CF, which partially controls the position of rod DE, has Froblem |e) ten oked nth poston show, Meer BD i 5mm thik ands ennet the vertical rod by 2 9-mm-diameter bolt, Knowing that P = 2 kN and determine (a) the average shearing stress in the bolt, (3) the bearing stress at C member BD. 100s "s Use member BCD as a free body, and note that AB is a two force member | 200 0 2 uN Bs 15° (2 cos 75°) KH Sam toe (2 em 7s° )ka Fed Fhe Length of member AB. Droz [2007 + 45" Boe Fae. = 205 mm DIM.=0? (222 F,)ll00 eos 20%) - GEE Fag C100 sin 20°) = (Rees 7S°V(I7S sin 20") — @ sin 75° LIS cos 20°) = 0 BY1696 Fg 348.668 =O Faa= 421424 EN SER Ce ° Ce = 0.3917 kw HER OF Cy - $53 4.24) ~ Asin 75°2 O Cy = $9732 kw Reaction ot CY C71 GF C* 5.9860 kN @) Sheawing stress in belt (singte shear). Aust Fat= E(o.00a” = 63.cr7108 mw" vs C_ _ 5.9860 x10* Rue 3.617 «1° = 44,09 *10° Pa TedW Mee et (b) Beaving stvess ot C in member BD. Ay = dt = (0,009\(0.015) = 135 ™10% m* E9860 e = Feces 7 WSU 1O’ Pa GO 44.3MPa Proprietary Material, ©2009 The McGrav-Hll Companies Ine. Allrighe reserved. No part of hia Manual may be displayed, reproduced, of iste any form or by any mea without the price writen permiscon of the publisher, o sed Ueyond the limited tution to tacks Se cain permite by Mera for hi indveal ere preparation. fade rings sna is using it without person. Problem 1.64 1.64 The hydraulic eyliner CF, which partially controls the postion of od DE, has been locked inthe postion shown Link 4B has a uniform rectangular cross section of 12.x.25 mm and is connected at to member 2D by sn 8-mm diameter pin. Krowing ha the maximum allowable average shearing stress inthe pin 140 MPa, determine (2) the largest force P which may be applied at when &~ 60%, 6) the stress at in ink AB, (c) the comtesponding axinum vale link a, Use member BCD as a free body, and note that AB is a two force members Pees GO lel Sone Pin Go” Length of member AB, JIyge {200° + 4S* = ROS mm HD ZM_= OF (BP F,,) (100 e058 20°) - GES Fy W100 sin 20°) =(P cvs 60° )(175 «im 20°) - (Pain Go" (175 cos 20") = © B41696 Fig > 172.3414 P =O Fig? 2.0475 P \Mowebde Dou Pa Pin at A is in single shean. Ron = Far = F(O,008) = 50.2655 %10% we v= Woxot Pa « De 6, 21S ee ohee HOMIO” = TEREST aoe P= 3.4370KIN Pe agg dy es ress at B in Pink AB A= Bim, Ce 12 mm (0,008 )(0.012) = 96x107* wm Fa = (2.0475 (3.4375 10") = 7.03383 x10" W E, x10? “ SG = Pt = BBR = 73.310" Pe G,=73.3MPe =m be 25 mm, L=OLO1Z mmr O Maxinun normal stress in dink ABL Ave = (b- AME) = (0.025 -0,008%0.0R2) = 204 /o7 = "7.0383 xto* _ ‘ = Sin oe e EegBBB ui = 34.5410" Pee Gaz S45 MPa = 2 im Problem 1.65 1.65 ‘Two wooden members of 70 x 110-mm uniform rectangular eross section are sd by the simple glued searf splice shown. Knowing thet the maximum stlowable shearing sess in the glued splice is 500 kPa, determine the largest axial toad P that ‘can be safely applied. 110 a p Da = (0.07 mV(OMOm Y= R710 wa™ @ = 40°- 20° = 70 t= Find ced A : . Ch 71078 \(S00 x10) _ : Pt meen S aoc 768 OT ((ETBxIO N Peak ae Il Companies, le. Alright reserved, No pst ofthis Manu maybe diplyed reproduced or pemision of ie pblisher, or used beyond the limited ditto ofeach ful etactora persed by McGraw Il fr tir ndviual course preparation. A stadt wing this ama ewig it without permission Problem 1.66 1.66 ‘The 900-kg load may be moved along the beam BD to any posi tigi between stops at E aid F. Knowing that ong ~ 42 MPa forthe steet used in yods AB and CI we where the stops should be placed if the permit- ted motion of the Ibad is to be as large as possible, i ber forces: Pecw:Hed me tater AB? (Frew = Gut Aen =Ch2nid) EY oro12)* = 415 EN COE (Raden = Ce Acg = 2x0 )(E (orate)? 7 Be AGEN Use member BEFD as a Tree body. P= oo ky © R829 EN 4DZM, = 0 - U5) Fig +5 - Le) P = OO 5 = ES Fe 5) 475 K10') bse = “B= “SF kro? = 0-807 be = Ob13Z I et Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeGram-Hil Companies ne Al sightreserved. No pro his Manus ay be displayed, seproded oF tbe in any frm or by any means, wba! he prior writen peeision ofthe publisher or sed beyond the ited dsteaton oars san educators permite by MeGrawTil fr tet inividul couse pcpaaton A stadt wing this maraal is sig ic witout pension, 1.67 Astec plate 10mm thick is embedded ina horizontal concrete slab andis sed Problem 1.67 (o anchor a high-strength verical cable as shown, The diameter of the hoe inthe " plate is 24 mm, theultimate strength ofthe see! used is 250 MPa, an he ultimate bonding stess between plate and concrete is2.1 MPa. Knowing that factor of safety of 3.60 ‘when P = 18 KN, determine (a) the required width a ofthe plate, (6) the minim depth b to which a plate of that wid shouldbe embedded inthe concrete slab. (Neglect the normal stresses between the conerete and the lowerend of the plate) om Sed 18 kN @) Based on tension in the plete. At@-ayt Pur GA — Pe, Salad t Rs. B. Solan t G.6eV12 x09) (QS0H10O7FO.I0), = O-CHIAR mm A= ADT mm = 0.0244 (b) Based onmshedy between plate and eoncvete slab. KR = perimeter * depth = (a4 2£) b Tre AACS Pa R= WA= 2% Cort) b Rss wing For b pe EP_ . __@corignio®) ce - Ratt. — (QVO.04FA2+ 0.01021 10%) b= 0.25748 m b=257 mm Be = Ao ‘ SiAo . HAs froding! pee * Peewres Solving? $28 > ton =@ 277 20529 (a) Og e309? = Gh) PR, = Sede, HTH $Nor00i5) Soe B26 ces @s 27-4° eae sbt 2 3.260 8 Problem 1.70 1.70 A force Pis applied as shown oa see reinforc ina block of conerete. Determine the smallest length .for which the full allowable normal stross in the barcan be developed. Express the result in terms of the diameter of the bar, the allowable normal stress oa in the steel, and the average allowable bond stress fx between the concrete ard the cylindrical surface of the bar. (Neglect the normal stresses between the concrete and the end ofthe bat) For shear, Az dL P= TwA = Ty THe For tension, A= Fat P= 6uA = OnlEd*) Equetivg, Mutdl = Ca bd? Solving for L, Swd/+ty Bae (4b geS TRGEST 20086 PRT — R4SE7 loupss P2423 37 186 D4e WEL PST 14280 17-493 NNER BTID bE ERE (4) Aig (B: BHP m ms Le 2 Lon Proprletary Material ©2009 The MeGraw-Hl Companies, ee llsighs reserved No prt ofthis Manual may be displayed, repeced, or Lh aso — IS cosp + 2 sins 300 km a Fis = Foe /F OUTPUT For P= kn and =lookN | YAWUES_OF FS BETA, 0 5.71 11.31 16,70 21,80 26.56 30.96 24.99 fIOTEG 41.99 45.00 anpan 6-000 3.125 9.358 3.555 2.722 2,990 9.92 3.966 2.994 [4.002] 3.995 3.977 5.711 21901 31214 31402 31552 21660 3.749 3,796 3.023 fp.a30] 3.924 3.007 21,310 21957 31323 31395 3.441 31852 31628 3.677 3.703 p70] 3.704 3.e07 16.699 21837 31043 31227 31370 31477 3.959 31600 3.626 f.633| 3.627 3611 L802 2.808 3014 31190 31331 3438 31532 3.560 3.505 b1S9a|3.s0¢ 3.570 279s 390431793370 3-496 3/800 3-87 1872 Herat eee 30-964 2-803 9/013 3.489 3.930 9-416 F-10985 4-887 ps9] 3- SO -a.8eN 34.992 2.826 31026 31214 31366 31463 21538 3.586 3.611 aso 381660 21899 3/072 31252 31398 21803 3.579 3.698 3.653 see 411987 2.899 3/116 31298 3144a 3/94 31621 3.680 3.706 aleso 451000 2/986 3/466 3.381 21499 3.611 3.608 31799 3.765 31750 IG) (4) When = 38,66; fans = 0.8 and cable BD is perpendicular to the lever arm Bc, CES.= 3.579 for v=26.6% P is perpendicular fo fhe lever arm AC NOTE: The value FS. = 3.579 is the smallest of thevalves of FS. corresponding to = 38.66° and the largest of those coreesponding fo X= 26.6", The point 226.65 /3= 38.66" is a "saddle point", or Minimax" of the Function F%(,B), iivienrein hited 1.C5 A loa P is supported as shown by «wo wooden members of uni fom rectangular cross-section that are joined by a simple glued -scarf splice (a) Denoting by ry anc ry, respectively, the ullimate strength of the joint in tension and in shear, write a computer program which, for given values of a, 3 of «from 5 to 85" a 5° intervals, can be used stress inthe join, (2) the shearing stress in the joint, sed in Prob, 1.29, and that oy = 1.08 Ma and ay = 147 MPa for the hie used in Prob, 1.31. (c) Verify in each of these two exses that the shearing stress is maximum for a ~ 45°, SOLUTION ° (and (2) Draw the FB.diagram of Jower member: Vv uv, 4ER=07 -V 4 Pens 0 V= Pees or EE, = 0: F- Psinx=0 F = PsinX Area = ab/sinw pe Normal ee i Ge == = (P/a.b) sino Shearing Stress 1 & “aN x = = (P/AB) Sink cone G) Fis!-for 1eNnsioM (noemal 5 fre05e5) FSN = Oy /O OG) FS. for shear: ipa cree Cee €) OVERALL FS FS = The smaller ef Fs and FSS. (CONTINUED) PROBLEM LLCS CONTINUED PROGRAM OUTPUTS Problem 1.31 a= 150 nm be 75 om P= 1 kw Sicu =" 1.26 Hea TAU = 1150 Hea ALPHA STG (MPa) TAU (H1Pa) ESN FSS fs 5 .007 085169, 17.669 17,669 10 029 16742. alr Alon is toss aaa 9 613661136 20 hua Tau! ayn 2s fs lays. 41005 41005 30 aaa T23 st 3isa3 31543 » 1322 45903 3126531265, 40 404 tat 3! gle 3116 45 489 Mg9 2 3lo68 2.577 «@ (b) (C) 50 31 last 2 ire 21196 55 ‘es6 459 1192031265 1.920 60 3 230 17a saa 78 65 ‘903 75 11569 40051569 7 863 tau lass alma las. 15, tn2 i2aa 1138161436 1381 80 948 ier 11329 Blom 329 is 37 ans «11208 lena 20R Problem 1.28 a 2S im b= [5mm pa Seow sigu = pes mPa TRUU 15 Po ALPHA S1GCkPa) Tort (hha) FON FSS Fs A 469% £6728 ZUeS7y +6 408 2b Goh as Wb bG 20-243 998 6-986 986 AS 22b OF 82h769 3214 BSR 914 be 4Y oO Qh 2,143 G29g de tyd BY 648 5ER 98.877 bh BID abs toh er etary Material, © 2009 The MeGray-Hll Compas, stated fo any for bya anf ebators pemted by MeGr nc All ight reserved. No prt of can, eho he price writen person ofthe publisher,or aed beyond the ited dition to ache ‘ifort individual couse opus, A suet wting this onal swing witha permission. fs Mata oe displayed epradvced or PROBLEM 1.06 1.C6 Member ABC is supported by a pin and bracket at A and by to Jinks; which are pin-connected tothe member at and toa fixed support at D- (a) Write a computer program to calculate the allowable load Py for any given values of (1) the diameter dof the pin at 4, (2) the common diameter dy of the pins at B and D, (3) the ultimate normal stress cy in each of the two finks, (4) the ultimate shearing sitess ry in each of the three pins, (5) the desired overal fuetor of safety Iso indicate which of the following three stresses is inks, the shearing stress in the pin at A, or the ‘and D. (band c) Check your program by using the data of Probs. 1.55 and 1.56, respectively, and comparing the answers obtained for Pay with those given in the text. (d) Use your program to determine the allowable load Pay, as well as which ofthe stresses is eritieal, when d 110 MP foratuminum links, y= 100 MPa for steet pins, and Sm fein i, LUTION BDIAGRAM OF ABC: A ie ili casi mliiillisos : Poa fa G) For given dj of Re, syndy, P, £0 A @) tor given d, of pins BandD: Fan= 2(G, /FI(Md;|¥), 0 ‘bp G) For ultinate stress in tins BD! Fy= 2(G/F5)(0.02\ 0,008), P = 500 Fam Shearing etrese ip ping: F, is the smaller of Fand () Fix desived averall £52 Py is the sataller of Band Py IF B SR08axl0" 2 vio 7 “5.00072 = 7B.682«10 Pa E-73.76Pa —- 4g = 53,0510 Pa Problem 2.2 2.2 A polystyrene rod of length 300 mm and diameter 12 mam is sub- ected to a 3-KN tensile load, Knowing that B = 3.4 GPa, determine (a) the elongation of the rod, (8) the normal stress in the rod R= Edt = BE oaayt = uaerni® mt = PL. Goo C03) Z eae @ SF aE e we Yeren?) = 0.002567 m S228 mm = ad) orf: eee = 26eer Pa C2265 MPa et Problem 2.3 23 A 60-m-long steel wite is subjected to 6 KN tensile force. Knowing that E = 200 GPa and that the length of the rod increases by 48 mm, determine (a) the smallest diameter that may be selected for the wire, (6) the corresponding normal B= 48xlo%m, E = 200x10 Pa oe (ex loro) GEREN TORY = 87S KIO @ d= PB =[ MSEC 2 ea nts mn AEA mn xiot < = ait S) rE xiowe = (G00 Pa 6= 160.0 MPa. 24 AS-mlength of 6 mm-diamete steel wire is to he used in a hanger. Probiem.2.4 its noted thatthe wie steches 1] tim when tensile ore Ps apie Knowing tht £ = 200 GP, detemine (a) the magsitade ofthe force P, Le Im {63 the eoresponking normal res nthe wre Az Edt = G@)loooby = 2727x104 m* a 9) fon 7 s+ fe Pe AES —Eb27 KI Geeta lore) 6G EN oe Eg Geox) Corsi) a ) O= Ee = fa = 24464 MPa Problem 2.5 25 A caster n tube s used to support a compressive load. Knowing tht £69 GGPe and that the masimam allowable change in length is 0025 9, determine (a) ‘the maximum nommal stessn the tube, (8) the sinimum wal thickness fora Toad (072 RN if the outside diameter of the tube is $0 mim, E=696Pa= GAxID" Pa es 2 = -280048$ _ 9, 00028 a ct © = 17.25 MPa ma 22 «10 yok 2 = = HTB poe Traskioe > 4784410 di dd — HA 2 got LHD. 4 = IIGB-SE mun? as = 44.363 mm t=40.-de)= 4(so-44.363) Lz 282 mm el 26 A control rod made of yellow brass must not stretch more than 3 mu when the tension in the wire is 4 EN. Knowing that &= 105 GPa and that the maximum allowable normal sess is 180 MPa, determine (a) the smallest diameter that can be selected for the rod, (6) the corresponding maximum length of the ro @ CF kK A-B= ESSE 7 BR RMA KIO Em 2 22.244 xo ral A= Hd a-f2 a = .32KIo A= S32 mm 2 PL AES _ (22.22an0" (ios x107)(3x10°) © 8" Ke falas Feo L LIS wm - Problem 2.7 2.7 Two gage marks are placed exactly 250mm apart on a 12-mm- diameter aluminum rod with = 73GPa and an ultimate stength of 140 MPa. the distance betwen the gage marks is 250.28 mm after a load 1 determine (a) the sttess inthe rod, (6) the factor of safety 0.28 110% wm B= 73x10" Pa $ = 280.2% ~250.00 0.28 mm Lo = 250 mm = 2504108 m @) o- ce~ SB - (73 410" Y(o.2a%10%) _ 750 ¥{O* = 81.76 x(0% Pa BIB MPa aa a) FS. 11 « Proprietary Material, © 200 dserbued aay form oe by Allright reserved No pst of this Manat nny e played epetced, ot 3, without he pl writen peeison ofthe publisher, ed beyord the lined rb nd edcatrs permed by MeCrawIlil for ter indidul course preparation, A odo aning dhs aval sin without permission, rovers Problem 2.8 2.8 An 80-m-iong wire of S-mm diameter is made of a stel with £= 200 GPa and an ultimate tensile strength of 400 MPa. If a factor of safety of 3.2 is desired, serine (the lage allowable tension inthe wire, (the eomesponding elongation ofthe wire. (2) 6, = 4ooxl0* Pa A= Bat = BOS) 19,685 met = (9,635 110% m"| Py = GLA = Hoox10*}(19, 63g%1O*) = 7854 N Py = & : west = QUS4.N Put 245 kN we = Pb. (ausuy(go) = soo x10 m $= 50.0 mm 70 GPa, determine the required diameter ofthe rod. Le 15h S 1107 mm 6 = 4oulk Pa, EF jloxie’ fm, P= 3xl0'N ot P eB ew Be agua mt = 75 mm” Stress? rg Ae Were TSN IS wm = 7S mm GHL24 1S me = GHLZT mm” Larger vadve oF A governs. B= 71S mm" A= Tat d-[E . [22 AETV mm =< 2.44 An aluminum control rod must stretch 2-mm when a 2-KN tensile Problem 2.11 load is applied to it. Knowing that oy = 154 MPa and 0 GPa, determine the smallest inmeter and shortest length which may be selected for the rod Pe2kw | §=2mm Shy = 154 MPA he 2000 _ O-a € Say AZ& ae 12-987 mm > Zyt = - [RERD Se A= Fal a=[% = 23 dg = 4007 nm mts ES se Gy \ a blem 2.12 2.12 A square aluminum ber should not stetch more than 1.8 mm when it is Problem 2. subjected toa tensile load. Knowing that £~ 70 GPa and thatthe allowable tensile strength is 120 MPa, determine (a) the maximum allowable length ofthe pipe, (8) the required dimensions ofthe eost-setion ifthe tensile load is 28 KN. O= 120 %)0% Pa E + 70/0" Pa. Se 4 Ot m 2 PL . Sb 2 (Toxto*)(uxto7) 2g = @ S* ae 7 AE L Tee eae Le 817mm = . () 6F £ Ae = ose = 283.883 r1S Sm = 233.383 mee Az=at a-fA = 23.382 a: IS. 2B mi Cows C38) E198 mm? Larger area governs. FIFE ws AzEat = a= fe _ [Rue d= 5 am me Problem 2.14 2.14 The 4:mm-diameter cable BC is made of a stect with E~ 200 GPa, Knowing, thar the maximum stress in the eable must not exceed 190 MPa and that the clongation of the cable must not exceed 6 mm, find the maximum load P that cen be applied as shown, Lee forte = 72ill m | Use bar AB as afree body. 7 ieee Fee wel DEM 20 38P~ Beth Fel © Pt 0.9507 Fee Ay Con sidering oblountkse stresst © = 190x10% Pa hy A= Fd = Fe O.00%)" = 12.566 «107% m or Fie Fae OA = G90 m10'Wia.se6 xi) = 2.888% 10" H Considering efasabde ebongationt & = GC x10 m eee Ug AES _ (12.566x10%)(200 OWE Hic s 5 mn R= ABS, (lasceno WE xR) 2, 0 $ t Tait = 2.09.xlo N Smaller vasue qoverns. Rr a.09/x10* N Pr 0.9609 Fee = (O.4907)\(2. o41mot )= 1. 983x10°H Pr1488 kN Problem 2.15. PP : Reel AB: Pagr3200N Lg =deaSm d= bmm = Bna= Fat = Flo006\" 29.2710" me @) Sig= Frohae , (22002 (0r25) 3 - 290025) = sgt xian Eye Aug (200K )Goaa7 grat) “Ute HO Hollow cybinebert d= 905m A =(o0S-losb3\ir)= o-08ty Aw Eldp- dt) = E(o05* = 010444) = 01000443 me Lvoo3m, P=3200N Sap: Eee (32000203) at eV” EA” Bk104 (01000443) ©) DeFbection of pont B Ses See t Sep = ozawa? pe : zB 3200 (e) Stress in yoo! AB Crtnadtitsearie 3 0722. Xion 11362 MPq = 246 The specimen shown is made from a 24-mm-diametereylindieal Problem 2.16 steel rod with two 36-mm-outer-diameter sleeves bonded to the rod as shown. Knowing that £ ~ 200 GPa, determine (2) the oad P so that te total defor: 26 mater . imation is 0.04 ram, (B) the correspon ation of the central portion eal BC. sp Bn ameter Ps Estey Asha | Lego] ayn) Aymit | L/A mee iam ae| 36 | 1017-9 | 004716 Be] @ mh | sah | 9154S cp] 46 | 36 | s017-4 | o47l6 | 2:2s347 ere Pe arb kn mae P = Boonie? Ko04)(o-25347)' = 3hsb2. 210° (by Se = a ae ERE? gestanig? (ouS9C) “S$ =0025 mm = Problem 2.17 217 Two solid cylindrical rods are joined at B and loaded as shown. Rod AB is made of steel (E ~ 200 GPs) and rod BC of brass (E = 105 GPa), Determine (2) P= aks the total deformation ofthe composite rod AIC, (P) the deflection of point B. Rod AB: Fag = -P = Bouin Lag = 0.250 Ene = 200%10" GPa 2am | | £10 a Aga =F (20) = 706.85 met = 706.854 10 wm _ (oxo?) (0.250) Goo «io*\(106. 85x 10) Rod BC: Fae = 30440 = 70 LN = 7Oxl0"N Lec = 9,300m Eac= 105% 10" Pa Boe = EGON = 1.4635 x10" wm” = 1.9635 x10 wm g. = False - _ (texlo*) (0.200) a EecAg (oS x 104 \Ut.463S%* 107 = = 101.854 x10°S wm (2) Total deformation? Sp = Sag t Sac = 154-910 mm =~ 0.1544 mim (b) Defect ion of poiwt B, Sa= See Spr 0.1019 wm Ve 2.18 For the composite rod of Prob. 2.17, determine (a) the load P for which the Fopene te {otal deformation ofthe rod is -0.2 mm, (6) the corresponding deflection of point B. P= sok ams Lan 2 0.250m Fxg = 200107 2 Aggy = 5 (20)"= 706. 85 mn” = 706.85 410" wx Sra = Eagle = -.___P Coase) | a 8 Eaghag ” G08 10°) 706.85" 10°75 = 1784! P Rot B02 Fae = ~ CP + 4ouro*) Lee = 0.300 m Ege = 10S 10" Pa Bac = E(S0Y= 9685 210% an” = 196 BS IO nt Sao Sache - (Pryor )(0.300)_ - EeAge (lOS «109 C14 685% 10"*) = = 1NSS13x 10°F P = 5B, 205HJ0F oO Toth ol Sher = Sag + See -O.Qx1O* = = LGBUIMIO P| 4SSISKIC P - 58, 205%10° P= 43,937«(0" N P-440kN <3 From OV, Spe? UIHSSIB*IO NUR. 987H IO" - 58, 205%10"* F = 182,21 x 107° (bi DePhection of point B, Sgr See Set 0.1222 mm 4 2.8274 xio"* mt : Pe = P= 6x1 N Pee = P-Q= 6xl0*~ 4241 = -36r10°N ae (6-mmn dinmetee baa = 0.4m Lae? OS wm Sq 2 Bal. (6xtot 0.9 | 8 Bees (3111S VFo x10") aa = 109.1385 * 10% wm le Peclsc. (-36r10" CoS) A (2.8274 113 Ko r[o*) F = 70,947 ¥ 10% im 109. 135 «15S = 90,947 n/S Sm = (89m IUS = O.018'F mm f =f b) Sat Seg = = 4 elo wm = = 0.0904 mm or 0,091F mm bt Proprietary Material, ©2009 The MeGraw iil Companies, fae. Al ight resrved. No pat ofthis Manel maybe diaplayed reprodace, or Fi Gear tee) Sap thom _ PL Craton) (asoomm) Gye t2ltmm a Se * NE = (1875 mm?) (200000 MPa) 2009 The MeGran-Hll Companies, Inc. All sighs reserved. No par of dis Manual may be displayed, reproduced of by ay meats, without the prior writen perisaen ofthe publisher, or wed beyond the linited dibtion owas. by McGraw Hl fo hei individual cours preparation. A ent it withow permis, Problem 2.23 2.23 Members AB and CD ave 30-mun-diameter stel sods, and ‘pers BC and AD axe 22-mm-diameter steel rods: When the tumbuekle i tight- ened, the diagonat member AC is put in tension, Kaowing that B= 200 GPa, determine the largest allowable tension in AC so tha the deform men bers AB and CD do not exceed 1.0 nam Sie = Seo = /mm he ham : = Leo Mb 2 Booz Ed* = F003) =706-Ix00 mm Sco = Fgales f= Ekepiae, (200x101) (7064x101(01001) eo Lee re aoe = UT EN Use joint Cas a foce body Fe we + eee TZF, Feo ~qipwFae * O 15, | Feo “LS fav Fee = ES CUT-8) = IFT ZEN, Fre #4 « All sights reserved. No put of his Manso maybe diplyed,epreoced oF ison ofthe publisher, or wed beyond the nied taba eaters Problem 2.24 2.24 For the structure in Prob, the deformations im members AB, corresponding: tension in member AC. 3, determine (a) the distance h so that D, and AD are equal to | mm, (B) the 2.23 Members AB and CD are 30-mm-diameter steel rods, bers BC and AD are 22-mam-diameter steel rods. When the is putin tension, Knowit 200 GPa [AC 80 thatthe de= Be Fee From similar trvangfes Fax. Fe. Fi fis] NU b * te \ fe ce ae > Ty Fee Force Te easy For equal deformations +S. 2 Fah . Feb = b A Ses Sat Bh = Feb 2 Thee Fee Equtins eee fer Fin h Aw hh. Aw . Ede cee whos HR Fee Bo he” Fdet * dat fee at Eee eee =o ae eT b = adm he eb 5 Fo) 2 £227 = (6) Setting Sap > Ste > Una Es = Feb . = Ehec Se _ (200x10") F (0-022) (or00 1) ge eee peer ee tel ei ae ee qe = PES EN E (245) s U5 kN = Mae 4 EN — It Companies, Inc Al sight served. No pat ofthis Manual maybe diphye ropeauced oF th poe writen pension of the pblishe, or used beyond the ined distin to echers ‘eda permed by McCraw Hil fr their indiviial course preparation. Auden sing Bis man inusng without pormision 2.25 Each of the four vertical links connecting the wo horizontal members is made Problem 2.25 of aluminum (E70 GPa) and has @ uniform rectangular eross section of 10 = 40 tmmn...For the loading shown, dotermine the deflection of (a) point E(B) point F, sewn (6) point G. at Statics, Free body EFGe Poems, a te Ee f= 400 me ——}— 250 mm oy yt +DEM, 2 OF ~ (400 )(2 Far) @SQVGA) 2 0 Fee F775 WV > =7.5 «104 N Aven of one Sialee +9 EM, = OF = (10)(40) = YOO wm ‘ ae (4v0\(2 Fer) — (650)Q4) = © = Yoo s10'f wy Ke = 19.5 ky = 17.5210 N Length ¢ L= 300 mm = 0.300 m = L xto® )(0.200) 3 Ps onmodions. Sg = SMES = AC BSnW O20) LL qr1d Oct : se EA Terio*Vavo nor) © 7 BOBS THO = Feek _ _(itsxto®)(0.300) ey = Feel . : vio m See = EW * Gonto*Goorioty 7 208.99 %10" (a) Deflection of point E, Sg 7 (Soe! Se 80.4 ym Te (b) Deflection of point Fi, Sp = See Geometry change = 5g Let © be the Small change i sfope angle. 4OO rma: SpF 2097 um bo =e ok 250-4 Sp + Se BO,35 7x10" + 208.93 x10 ae Oe SESE 5 BTS TIES = 728. 22710" rcinns ©) DefPection of point G. Sez Spt le ® So= Spt leg@ = 208.93xlo" + (0.250\723.22"10") & = 390 ym} A = 3849.73 xIo m 2.26 Pach of the links AB and CD is made of steel (E = 200 GPa) and Problem 2.26 thas « uniform rectangular cross section of 6 X 24 mm. Determine the largest ond which can be suspended from point £ if the deflection of & is not to ex- ceed 0.25 mm, Statics. Free body BCE, 375m VP a ADEM. = OF 085g -0sP =O Aven & Stok: Fag = 1S P A Gibe\citann® || +2EMQz OF 04K, -o4aSP =o Length? 200 mm Feo = 2.5 P Le 7 Fal, (1-5 P@2) aa ;8 Jeformatrons. = Bh fe = h0#!] vio formations Sea ER (200x109) 75°) leet Fal 2.5P) (oz a <8 = Feb = -73bl +lo® P Sco ER 0x10") (ey x08) a DePles{ions. Point B. Sat Sis Spt oat w1o® P Point C, Sati eit Spt label nic? PL Geowele vhanae. Sp c E 8 Se [pzsomm 275mm, oe SetSe_ hows p s pte nl Pog. sis) mio P Lee One Se = Spt LagO = M136 «(O*P + O575\ouII >1o*P) = $2027 iS "PL Liiting valve oP Set Se = O25 x15? m Limiting valve P Pt $4027 nto®P = oan? Pe 4230 N Pa424 AN cross-sectional area of 125 mm. Knowing that they support the rigid member BC, Problem 2.27 2.27 Bach of the links AB and CD is made of aluminum (E = 75 GPs) and has a = determine the deflection of point E. Fe Fo Use member BC as a Free leody. é %e SHO Dem ~ (0.64) Fyq + (O.HH)(S*I0' =O Fas = 3.4375 x10" N DZMa=0% (0.68) Fen - (0.200(5x10") = Fig = 1.5645 +10" N For Pinks AB and CDy A= 125 mm = 125 *15% m* Sig 2 Faekee , (3.4325:s10° YCo.36 1 yo = athe PER RO NOS = 182.08 “JOS m = SF, EA ~ Uismot as xlo*) ee ‘ sa > Rake Lace G36} « eoconittn = Be : Slope O = ral > Beast Se | els FMR S «10 ved . Ser Bt Le Deformation diagram, = 60.00 x10"* + (0.44 X25 x10) = 109.5 «10% m S_ = 0109S mm b mee Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Computes, ne Il :ght seve. No past ofthis Manel maybe doped eprodced o¢ Alstbated in ay form o by ay means, without the roe writen permission ofthe publisher, or red beyond the mite dstbution overs ‘nd edsator permitted by McGraw Hil for their individual course preparation. A stden using this masa is tsing i witowt permission, Problem 2.28 2.28 The length ofthe 2-mmmediameter stel wire CD has been adjusted 50 chat ‘sth no load applied, a gap of 1.$ mm exists between the end of the rigid beam ACB anda contact pont B- Knowing that B=200 GPa, determine where «20-kg ‘Hock shouldbe placed an the beam in onder to cause contact between B and F Rigid vod ACE rotates through angle © te core gap- Lsxio® eee ah 8 3.46 8.75 “107* vad PL Patat @ moves doumuand. FPA shen $. = 0.08 © = (6.0A(3.75 210) = 300415 m Seo= S. = 300 x10% m Aug= Bate FN 8.1416 met = SIG «LO E = 200 »0° Pa Seo BR Pe EReoSe = (200x108. 1416 «10 B00wl0") tee oy OAs Dse beam ACR as a Free body. We mg = Q0Ka.ai= 196.2 N E rw = 49D3M,=02 0.086, -(0.40-x)W =O 08 (152. OMo-rm2 OBXIS2IB) 6 20742 = 0.0REm = 92.6 my For contact, 2% < 92.6 mm Fanch 2 de 7 1 find a TF y fence At coordinate point y, 9 A= TY" Deformation of element height dy: dS= fe tere fee cee teat ay et + TEtandx y* Totad deFormation. TIPO G elisha ie iy Peter sere S.° Fehr 5 & ate) * FE pele, ree b-% P(b-a) Ph TEhea 26, ~ Weab 5° F¥eaby Proprietary Materia © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies ne lights reserved, No prt of hs Mangal may be spayed, reproduce, or Proprietary Material, ©2000 The MeGraveHill Companies, Ine Al sph reserved No pt of tis Manual nay be displayed epee, Aistbted any foro by any toa, witht th eee ten permission of he pote, or wd beyond the ited bution oweschere neces pried by McGraw for thet sda course prearaen A suden wing ts manual susing i without persion, A 250mm bar of 15 x 30-mm rectangular eross section consists of 10 flurninum layers, thick, brazed to a center brass Tayer of the same thickness, IF it is subjected t0 centric forces of magnitude P= 30 KN, and knowing that £, = 70 GPa and Ep = 105 GPa, determine the normal stress (a) in the aluminum layers, (6) inthe brasstayer. Problem 2.33 Fer each Payer, A= (20S) = [SO me = 150 +107 tet Py = Joad oneach afiuninan Jaye. P, > toad on brass fayer- Deformation, 5 = BE = Bib Re BR = LER ote? force, P= QR +R = 35 PL x PaGP REP +B Some, =-57.1 x10 Pe 6257. Pe r-B BOI = -BS.7xl0 Pa 6, 285.7 MPa oA Problem 2.34 2.34 Determine the deformation of he ompote bar of ro. 2.3 fit subject ioeanti forces of magnitude P= 43 4. 2.33 A 250-mm bar of 15 x 30-mm rectangular cross section consists of two aluminum tay m thick, brazed 10 a center brass layer of the same thickness. IF it is subjected to centric forces of magnitude P = 30 kN, and th GPa and Ky = 105 GPa, determine the normal stress (a) in ayers, (B) in the brass layer, Fon each fayer, Ar GoXS)= ISO mb = SOROS Let P= foad on each aluminum Layer P= Foadl on brass Jaye. Re BR: BER LER = BAS Pa RaaP os oeZ LE 222 Usx10* VQDxIO*) __ 3564 )07% m A 7 BA 77 Gon sonioey 20071? $= 50.306 mm —t 2.35 Compressive centric forces of 160 KN ate applied at both ends of the assembly shown by means of rigid plates. Knowing that £, = 200 GPa and ‘GPs, determine (a) the normal stesses in the stel core and the al minum shell, (6) the deformation of the assembly Problem 2.35, Let By = portion of amis? force carried by shell. BR, = portion Saxia? force cavried by core. Bs ee Solon ge Be P, = Fates Tal force Pe Pat Pe = (Eat Gaal dee = eben Detar P= [bo kN a i haz Ede -di*) = F (0-062 01025") 20,002529 m Ag= Hat = ¥ (o1025)*s 0: 00044) me = lboood ~6 ee = gy, Gon) (or002608) +Creonidly(ocooaai) oS *!? @) GS = Eye = (200x109) (-S8r Sx) = — 16 3MPa “a Gor Ele = (loxe" G59 Sue %) = — 4007 MPa a GY S= LE = (o-35)(-5BR5N0°) 2-145 KEP my = ~ OIE my Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-Hl Compantes, Ine ll sights reserved. No pat of ts Manu may be displayed, reproduced, oF 105GPa coats! oi BL AS ALE, - L : Pe Rah = (GA + BAIS oe im As * (01025)? = 625x190 2 2 eetrs Ay = (0:037)"— (025) = 144 x10 im Ge Pe [lose (744Ki0") + (200 rid LOE K Ione) JA SSOIE = log en = ) 6= Bee BS = Geox) 29828 fo-0 MPa Proprietary Material © 2000-The McG In. All sighs reserved. No put ofthis Manual may be delayed, reproduced, or Aibted in any foro by ary mene, tho the prior weiten persion ofthe pbliohr, or asd beyond the finial dun to echers ‘nd educators permed by McGraw Hil for ier indvdial course preperation A stedent ting Bs matali it ithoa permiion 2:37 The 15.m concrete posi enforced with six sto bars, each with a 28-mm Problem 2.37 diameter, Knowing that 100 GPa and GPa, determine the normal siresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 1550 KN axial centric force P is e “applied tothe post mr Let Pe = portion of avia® force cawied by concrete R= portion cavnied by the six steed vods. A: 4 do = Ag © Elusoy -260uswiot= 155.394 * 103 mm = 153.349107 mn? eee 153.299 #10 'SS0 xto* —— ne = 835,81 HIS (AS «(09 USS. 244% 10°) + (2OOXIONG.6445 +10 ) 6s = Ele = (200«10°YS35.31 «10%) = E71 x1OSPa = GLIMPa =e Gis Ea = (as io" eas.grx ton) = 8.38 410% Pa 8.38MPa Proprietary Material, ©2009 The Met sitrbued tv sy Form a by ay ca, ei and edacators peed by McGraw forth es, In, Allright reserve No part of tis Mant maybe played, eepuadacd, ot writen permission a he pals, or used beyond te ited dsuabuton teachers ifividol couse preparation A student using this maa is sing without perma, 2.38 For the post of Prob. 2.37, determine the maximum centric force which can be Problem 2.38 ‘applied if the allowable normal stress is 160 MPa in the steet and 18 MPa in the concrete. 2.37 The 1.5-m concrete post is reinforced with six steet bars, each with a 28-mm. ‘ameter. Knowing that £, ~ 200 GPa and £- = 25 GPa, determine the normal stresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 1550 kN axial centric force P is ‘applied to the post. Determne alfouabte strain in each metered. & _ wove _ we i Zoo 16% ~ B00 x10 Ge 2 \Bxtoo _ wlo7® = & = MBeler = rron1o SmaPfer valve governs &> B= 720n10™ het Pix portion of Pood cavried by concrete. ortion covvied by six steel rods. ~ " ~ SBE, Pr BAP: BAS s- BE, Pet BASE = BAS PaPot Pe o> (EA + RAVE > & q 6 Edt = EF (a8) = 3.6945 «108 mm = 3.694510 mm Ede"- As * E(us0\'= 2.6510 155.399 * 108 mm BAD wt P= [Caseiot(1s 5.949107) + (200 «10° 03.6945 15) (720 » 19° > ° = 3,4ax1o° N 3330 KN = Proprietary Matera. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, fe, Al rights reserved, No part of this Manual ray he displayed repoced, Se > “Eee Sivece L, beg and Agg> Aco, Sse = Seo Since points A,C, and & ave fived, Se = San, Sp = Sco, 5 Since member BED is rig, Se = Se = Se bie 2 Poe bar See Asa. be p . 200, 400 Bw E Aer Pe Rep Lae Per * Cas gam For = 0.256 Pe Pe Die + Per = (20.256) Pep 4 Pepe 1512 Per xlo? s Pee = pee = SH as.810 w10* N Pas = Peo = (0.256 23.810 ~107) = 6.095 10° N ChB Se QRS AR = Teel m = 0.072 mm 8s Sy = LE StR SCORE) 6 acto" m rm) : Be = GIO” 5 30.5 x10" Pa 30.5 MPa me Ser oe 2- B3 Blo xio® = 38.1 KIO = SRIMP et Problem 2.40 2.40. Three wires are used to suspend the plate shown. Aluminum wires ‘ro.used at A.and 8 with a diameter of 3 mm and a steel wire is used at C a diameter of 2 mm. Knowing that the allowable stress for alu GPa) is 98 MPa and that the allowable siress for stee} (E MPa, determine the maxinum load P that can be appli. By symmetry Pas Pa, and Sa = Ss Also, Suz 8, = Sa = $ Strain in each wire. Exe Ger, ae = 2H Determine Dhwabse strain, ‘ po tO 6. 7 WinesASBE E> GR = —aligg = M4 xio® fe 2 Ey eH 8xe? Wine: &p = & = 84s = 0163 v1" Ene f= Ee = ose 15? AMoveble strain fir wire C governs 4 6: h= Eye P= Aakgeq = Bb0%3)*(70 x10" )( o-sir was?) (85-87 IE97N 126 MPa Fe 6: Ee. P= Ac&, = Eons) (as xio*) = 395-04 .N For equidi beium of the plate, P= Pt Pe +R = 707-6 N « Proprietary Meterlal © 2009 The MeGra- Hl Companies, le. Allright reserved. No pst ofthis Masual may be played shel nay for yay as haere prion ofthe pba or we rd te ned dato rence and educators permite by Metal fr tee indivadl cove preparation. his anual ing i without permission 2.41 Two cylindrical rods, one of sea and the ahcr of bss, are joined at C and Problem 2.41 Testrained by rigid supports at 4 and £. For the loading shown and knowing that FE, = 200 GPa and y= 105 GPa, determine (c) the reactions at 4 and E,() the deletion of point C. Bien nn froin 1 = 200%10" Pa A= Blt = 1.2scc4xso% mms |. 25664157 mi? EA= 251.327#/0° NV CHE: Fe loswip* Py A= B@oy = 706.86 mnt = 706.86 15m A a ¢ o « a a1 Ter BA= 74.220 J08 N Re Zia tow Re Rel0i8) = 1g no w10"™ Ry 4S 1,327 ¥10% Bto Ct P= Ry~ Goxlo* L © 120 mms O.120m Ry = 60107 )(0, 120) se ~ Spe = a eee nm 6o~10 Yo. = MNT HT IO” B= 26,848 x 10S Cie Dt Ps R,- Goxlo* 100mm = 0.100 m L Ry - 6010" (0.100) o a Soe Eee = Rar6er O10) | gurscnic" R ~ 30,841410 DE: P= R,-100+10% L¥ [00 mm * 0.100 m PL (Rn ~ 10010" Yo.lo0) = sé fb e = 1.3473S% - se See = ER aterip® 1.347351 R, — 134. 735x105 Ate EF Se tot Sect Seo tye = 3.85887 4/07 Ry — QHZ. AYHIO™® Since point E cannet move reltive toA, Sig 2 0 (A) 3.858370" RL 242 M24 Io = Ry OZ.BBIKIO"N — 62.BKN< — Re = Ryn looxjo* = 62.8%10% fooxjo” = -37.2%10"N 37.akve =a (Se = Spot See = 116267¥10" Py ~ 26.848 «10% = (1.16369 10 V(62.331% 10") - 26.848 10" = 46.3210 S.= WEB pm > (00x10% = 4S, 4794/0 Joo x1o* = = SH.6ale10” 54, SkNe ae (e) Se = Saat See F 2.27864¥I0" Ry — SH, S67 «JO = 273410" )(4S, 479 x10") — $4. 567 *1O* > 48.8 x10 wm Sct 48.8 Aime md 2.43 A steel whe (E, = 200 GPs) with a 30-mm outer diameter and a Mi horsuelutorets ‘3mm thickness is placed in a vise that is adjusted so that its jaws just touch the ends of the tube without exerting any pressure on them. shown are then applied (o the tube. After these forces Adjusted to decrease the distance between is jaws by 0. forces exerted by the vise om the tube at A and D, (b) the portion BC of the tube, Re For the be dy = 30mm d; = d,-2b = 003-2 (01003) = O1024m A= BAS - AS) = B(0103* 010242) = 25466 x10 wt AteB! P= Ry EW L= 0.015 m PL. Rx (0,015) ee Ra om EA (ooxiet (254-5 Kio) bara Kio" Ba Bt Cr Pe kat32kN, L=o07Sm PL _ (Rit32000) (0-075) EA ipo vit)(254+5x10°°) ChOD PF Ry t+BkN, L=Qo15 m g.. = Pl - (Rat Bevo)(075) ee EA (200K 107) (254-5 ¥18 Sa5 = See “ *b BATS XIO"R, + ATS ¥10'm = 473 *107 BA teT4.xto* ; 7 ae ARD: See Spe t See t So = 4-419K10 Rat 58-14 X16 hm Given jaw movement Sap = OL COORD mM Q) 4-419 «ID Ry + 58-44 x16 7 = -O1ge02 Ra= -59S47N Rie 5B 6 EN Ro = Rat 8000 = -5S0597N R= 50 BEN <— 342K10°m = 342x160? mm Sa. °(1A13 410") (58641) + 4715 W5 Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGrav-Hil Companies, nc. All sghs reserved. No pt of his Manus may be played epee, 1 ‘tbaed iv any form of by any exes, wut he prior wrlten persica oF the publisher, or wsed heya fined dso ech ‘a eaters pened by MeGraw Mi fr thc individ couse preparation, A tod wing dis anual using it wiout persion, Problem 2.44 244. Solve Prob. 2.43, assuming that after the forces have been applied, the vise is ated fo inernse te dence between it jana by 0. mm. 2.43 A steel tbe (E; » 200 GPa) with a-30-mnv outer diameter and & 3mm thickness is placed in a vise that is adjusted so that its jaws just touch the ends of the tube without exerting any pressure on them. The two forces shown are then applied to the tube. After these forces are applied, the vise is adjusted to decreate the distance between its jaws by 0.2-mm, ine (a) the forces exerted by the vise on the tube at A and D, (6) the change in length of the portion BC ofthe tube, » + Ro }—> 32kN 24EN For the tube d, Bo bmn dz = dp-2t = 0-03-2(0.003) = 024m tt A= 3(d2- dle E (003% ~ 01024) = 264~ 5 R15 on AbBr P=R Le Ox075 m Sa = Ra (01075) PATE Ko IRA om. (200 ¥ 10%) (25-5 KO") Bbc: P= R + 3rkN, Leo.o7Sm = PL ~ _(Rit32000) (00015) ER © (00 x01 laa 5x0°) CHD: P= 4 sooow Le ovoTS i. 8. > EE “_iatieeloete = WATS Ke) Re FTI X10? In = PATE KIO Ry + ALIS tO om of <6 Ate Dz Sao = Sie + Sac + Seg © F419 xL0 Re + SBME HI Given Jaw movement Spo = ~ereoo lh QD 4419x151 Ket SB I4x107& = -or000] R= - 35967N R=35°97 EN —e Ro = Ra + Booo = —27967 R27 IT EN ee WO) Seco Ch4T3xcd 1)(~3546T) + 4b ISKIO =~ 83 Kom me 2 5-83 Ke? man Propeletary Materll, ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ie. Alright serve, No pet ofthis Manan ay be diplayed eproced or itr in any form ot by any meses, without the price writen pension of re publisher, Fused beyend te linited dition to eacbees ‘nd ebsatorsprmited by McGraw Hil Yor their inva oar prepdsn. A sen! ng hs mamaa sig it whout pemion, Problem 2.45 245 Links #C and DE are both made of steel (E ~ 200 GPa) and are 12. mm wide and 6 mm thick. Determine (a) the Force in each link when a 2:4-KN force P is applied tothe rigid member AF shown, (b) the conesponding flection of point A. Let He vigie member ACDE rotate through Smed# angle @ cDockwise about point F Then So = Sg = ovOm => Sp = - Sys = OOSOm > s- Ee es BAS Fer Diakest A= (0o12\00é)= 7200 ¢m™, — Leg = ordm erin Fee? EASe = GeaeONGae VOIP) - 4.4 x10% © » bog F0-12S m Aa—> P eto? by fe ~ She, Gein 20D. one aro 0 el Use menor ACDE as « tree edly. a CeEMp FO: 02 P ~ o-lFig $0:0SF og =O Dy Fee Q Pe ban Re 2900 = k( mee x108]O - 467% x10) O = B64 IO“ O © = 027778 x lo? vad D @) = (he x (0% (027778 x15") Fac= 4 kW < Foes (£16 x 10°} (0-27776 » [o™) Kern's kv <8 to) DeF fection at point A. Sq =026 = (0-2)(0-27778 wlo™) Sp = 00056 im oh Sh Ek, Morminum shed? Eq = 7010" Pa Aas B(Go°-25?) = 2.3366 «J0% me = 2.3366%107 m* B= (Hy + Spe Spee HELE rte co La@y- aan) = Bos Bap = K PL BCC x ce Ko BREE * Gore = 25, 516Kio" ‘ + ne sti Then PF ecg - Ge to = 20.tete 21020) © perp n OL Ere Cuma eee . Aa 2.3866% Jo-E B.1S* (0% Pa 6 - 8.15 MPa Proper Matin. 02009 The NeGraw sil Compa Al alee: Ne pt ois Mansel mae hye cpl ot Teor by any means wilt the prior writen pension of the blister, a sed beyond the ited dibuton to teaches iia ay Sie duets ped by Mctras-Hl forth india Coun preparation A en rng hs mals sing witht peraision Problem 2.48 2.48 Solve Prob. 2.47, assuming thatthe core is made of steel (E = 200 GPa, a = 11.7 « 10°C) instead of brass, a 2.47 The aluminum shell is folly bonded to the brass core and the assembly is unstressed at a temperature of 15 °C. Considering only axial deformations, determine the stress in the aluminum when the temperature reaches 195 °C. Advminun shell Lek L be the fength of the assenbsy. E= 70 GPa = 23.6X10%°C Free thermal expansion. Ar = 195-15 = 180°C SteeR cove? (S), = La (AT) Afeminon shell: ($,), = Lo(AT) Yet expension oP shell with respect tu thecore, $= L(o-o6AT) e P Let P be the tensife Force in the core and the compressive Ponce in the shelf. cael Steek cove? E, = 200K/0* Pa Ag = BGS)” = 490,87 mun = 440.8741 0° wa P ° > Pe EA lm inum shell + - fe A heel Pa = Bo, Ag= E60%-25)*= 2.3366 (07 mm = 23366 x 1O7F ne S= Gps + Sie Lag- a ary= EE + BE = KEL 7 " eee etree eee cee eeeeeceeeeeee oe where K = 5.1 BA > Goon nna)! Were asi = 16.2494K10"" Nt 2 Oa-OsYAT) _ (23.6xio% 1. Brio Mise) _ ae K = 16. 2499 x (o"* F IB. areio® Nv 2. 131.14 «10% 366K lo® 6.7 - 56.2 MPa — 56.2%10% Pa Stress in aluminum. Suto 2.49 A 1.2m concrete post is reinforced by four stel bars, cach of 18 mm a 00 GPa, a, = 11.7 x 10-Y/°C and F, "25 GPa and ey = 99 % 107°C , determine the nomal stesses induced in the steel ‘and in the conerste by a temperature rise of 27°C. Problem 2.49 Kin = 4 Fa = GA G-o18}* = crooporT4 Ao= A-Ag = 0°2*= 000010174 = 034 m* het Po be the tensife in the concrete. For . equilibrium with evo total force, the compressive mon Favee in the Four steed rods is - Pe. rains t -&% - -& n Sh fe > By + car) Be + o6caT é.7 tk + & (AT) Matchin =e Be + ae(ar) = ~ ge + aan ee rege e (ex + ae = Os ~ oe XAT? 1 1 (GEREN (oSa) Bosnia) Pe = (UT = 9-4) (107%) C27) oe R~- ETN. : HBESHO® “Lg 54. Stress in ste? 6,7 E + Apeeag 77 804M feed ‘ : . Stress in conerede G2 FE Pibe wt" ~ 0421 MPa Proprietary Materiel © 2009 The MeGram-Hil Companies, Ine. All igh reserve. No pat of his Manual may be dsplayed, reproduced, ot ibe aay form or by any means, without the pre waten permis ofthe publisher cused evar he hited dsrton oteacers apd educators permed by MeGraw-1il rte individual couse peepataton A stadent sng this manuals sing it wthou permission, Problem 2.50 2.50°The bras shel (a) ~ 20.9 « 10°/°C is fully bonded to the ste! core (a, 11.7 10°F). Determine the largest allowable increase in temperature ifthe stess it eee the steel core is not to exceed 55 MPa. Simin Baa yo Let Fy = anal force developed in the steed cove For equilibrium vith zeve ttud force the compressive Force in the brass shed? is Ps. = & | Strains 87 ay + ota) dm = 300 | eye = BBE + otar) Matehing, €3 = Ey fn Ba, ten = Fe + otar) Gk + BRR = (eyo (AT) Ags (@.020)(0,020) = 400 #10* om A= (0.020% 0.030) - (0.020Xe.020) = $00 ¥10* m* Ob, - Os 1.2 KITo ZC Pes GAs = (S5xJ0% yoo It) = 22 v10 W eet 1 t Ag” ELA * Gooner eroonio*) * Gamo" esoorIO™) * ShSS*IO fy (ans 10" an lot) = (4.2%10S KATY AT= 75.4 °C tt Propeletary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-till Comps tated nay Tormey any mens, ng All sights rservod, No pro hie Manual may be dplayod, reproduced, or n persion of he pablishr, or usd beyond he iited dstbuton wo teachers ‘and edueworsperited by MeGrawe Til for ir indvidal course prparton A suden sing ihe mana using tot permisnn Problem 2.51 2.81 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is retrained at both Portion Af is made of steel (E, = 200 GPa, a,= 11.7 « 10°/°C) and portion iz made of bras (F,~ 105 GPa, a5 ~20.9 107°C), Knowing that tho ro intially unstressed, determine the compressive free induced in ABC when theres T a a temperate rise of 50 _— an deter 25010 sigts Eo} = 1 oe steel Baa ® E dha 7 E(ZOY = 706,96 mm" = 206, 86 #15" wi | 50 dnneter ees Faee = Elsa)” = 1.9635 ¥ 10% mat = 1.463505 mn? 200 0m brass Free thermal! expansions Spe bae%s(AT) + Laco(AT) | = (0.250 (11.7 x10°*)(50) + (0,300V20.9xj0% (SO) 5 4S4.75 «10% m e ry a 8 sR Pg OOP (200%107) (706, 3641) (los *10*VUI.46 358 1o™) ol : = 3.2235 %10" P For zere nel dePlection, Sp = Sy B.ARBSNIO P= 459,75 % 10° PF 142.62x103 N Priszekn =a Proprietary Material. ©2009 The MeGraw Hil Companies, Ine ll ght sero. No part this Maul maybe diplaye epodced or ised in ay fem o by any me, thot the prior write permission ofthe puiher, owed beyond he ined disibtien to esehese ‘ad easators permite by Metin fr thir nv Sours preparation. Astadent wing hist i wing A witout permssion, Problem 2.52 2.52 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and strained at both ends. Portion AB is made of brass (Ey a, = 20.9% 19°C) and portion BC is made of aluminum (E, = 72 GPa, a, = 23.9% 10°C). Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, deter- mine (a) the normal stresses induced in portions AB and BC by a tempers- nn donor ture rise of 42°C, (b) the corresponding deflection of point 2. Kee = Fue = H(60) ttn Ages Fae? Hey + sunsinun Free thermal expansion Set LasA(AT) + Lact CATY Pp = WANK 20.9 15° HR) + 0.3 (23.9010 4) = 22708 X 107% m brass 28214 X10" mm” * 2.8274 KI" 1, 2566 1 wan = 12SEC % 1G m* Shortening due te induced conpressive Force Pl , Pls - Sr” By An” Ean (POS LON ABRAM KIS) © 2 KONG. 2566 K10% P = 18.074%10" P For zero net deflection Sp = Sr 1B.074¥Io7 P= 2.2705 x10" P= SR KIO® MV ~ 44 lO Rs 4 MPa et, tee eo - Istgnto? 2 0 (0° y= - Se ae oe 100.0 ¥(0° Pa = -100.0 MPa =e P + Ee. = bag AT? a fas 6axio3 VON _. me fee G-1) (20.9% 165* Y42) = + 500x108 m 0,500 mm e Y wo ° " Proprctary Matera © 2009 The MeGraw-HIl Compenies, Io. Al igh esered.| dsrbted in any form or by any means, wthoat ths prior writen persion ofthe publ ‘nd odvcsors ported by MeCraw Il forte iadividalecrse preparation A student bation teachers oat pension 2.53. Solve Prob. 2.52, assuming that portion AB of the composite woe Problem 2.63 Js made of steel and portion BC is made of brass 2.52 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and RC is t= strained at both ends. Portion AB is made of brass (E, = 105 GPa, 10.9% 10° °C) and portion BC is made of aluminum (E, ue 3.9% 10-%PC), Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, deter —~ seal mine (a) the normal strexses induced in portions AB and BC by a tempera: ture rise of 42°C, (B) the corresponding deflection of point B. tn deter le =. dar ir Evee thevmed expacsion. aT> - (Seq = Lan CAT) = G(T 10) (42) = 05H 10% m (Sec. = Lec (AT) = (4328-9 x 10% C42) = 305% x jo mm Totet 20S yt (Selge = 1846 KIO Shortening dve to inclveesi compressive Force P. (Spe EAE = hl eee 8 tuscan» 10" P Pie” EsAsy GooxiO'\(abarawe™) 5, = Shes ISP a pases - Pp (Schuc* ER Tani Gartbaesy 738 [0 P Tate? Sp = (Sp yg + Srlae = 1633-8 x10 P For zero nel detection Sp = Sy 16313-8 «10"P= 6946 x10 Peusie WN @) Ge a »-7 #4 = - 4002 MPa Gjgt- 40 Mla mt z * Gye= =~ hh = ~ foarte Oy 90-1 MPa me (bY Bg (I4S.25 107) (113-16) = 0-22 «10m Sez (Sight G),1 5 OsGl xO b + 022010 t ~ 22.08 MPa Brass: Gi’ -B 5 ~ Zaiio® = = 14.68 108 Pag = 14.68 MPa, E 7 To these stresses must be addast the stresses due te Ha 25 KN toad continved Problem 2.55 continued For the added foud, the additionad oleformetion is the same for both the stee? and the brass. Let 5! be the additionad displacement. Also, Jet Py ancl Py be the additionad forces devedspecl in the steed and brass, vespeetivedy. siz BL. BL AE ABEL Pa > AEs gt = Woomst)amee) 51. oxiot §! 2 AEs ste (cooeir (los rto” cr = eat Pz Anes 5 a S$ 3I.S¥10% § Tote d P= Pet B= 25x07 NV Yowlo® $4 + 3/.Sxj08 8! = aSx/o* S' = 349.65" 10% m Be (dowio® (347.65 ~10%) = 13.986 0 Poe (31.6410¢) (244 esuio® 5 Ho viot N BL 136 nto : Geri agit Wimooaerticaitseati ued « Pee AeMewlo® _ _ G+ RE gomioe = (18-80 10% Pa Add stress due te Fabrication, Total stresses. 6 = 34.97 nJ0% + 22.03/08 = S70xlo Pe = 57.0 MPa St 18.36 lo = Wesxot = Scaxo Re = 3ca MPa =e itrined in any fom or by any means, witht the pier writen permision ofthe publisher, fused beyond the ited dstibuton wo teaches. tl sare permed by Mora Til fr ther indi couse prparton Asfent wing this mana i wsing Ht without permission. Problem 2.56 2.86 Determine the maximum load P that may be applied to the brass bar of Prob. 2.55 ifthe allowable stress inthe steel bars is30 MPa and the allowable stress in the trass bar is.25 MPa, 2.55 Two steel bars. (F,=200 GPa and a= 11.7 x 109°C) are used to reinforce a brass bar (Fy = 105 GPa, ay = 20.9 x 10°%°C) which is subjected to a load P= 25 EN. When the ste! bas wore fabricated, the distance between the eens ofthe eles which were to fton the pin has made 0.5mm sae than the 2 nected The sel ars were thon placed in an oven to ineeae th length so th they ‘woul just fit onthe pins. Following fabrication ihe tempat nthe tel bas Upped back room tompeatr. Determine Co) te ncrease in emperture it ; sas equied tt the ste! ts onthe pins (testes inthe bas ar ar he ‘oom Toads applied See Solution to Problem 2.65 to obtain He fabweation stysses, 6g 22.08 MPa. Gs - 1468 MPa AbDowahte stresses? — Gaay® 30 MPa, Giayt 25 HPA Avaidable stress increase From Dod , 6% = 30~ 22.03 7.97 MPa GL = 2541468 = 39.68 MPa Corresponding avaifable strains. TAI xIOe “ Beret = 32.85r10°% BeBxIO* ER 105% io? ae = 277.9 «10° SiradPer velse governs * & =39.85%/07° Aveast Ags @ MSYC40) = Yoo mm = 4OO% 10% m™ Ay= (isv40) = 600 mm* = 600%10°° mn® Po = EAge = (200x107 K400 «10 ) (34.85% 10) = 3.188 0 YW PL ELA, € = Closn 107 )(c0o xJ0* )(34.85*I6%) = 2siIxI0" N Tote? abowable additions fore PrRER BIRR «107 + ZSix/o? = S.70¥1D7N = SIOKN ome Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, ne llrightsreserved. No put ofthis Mansa ey be dol N te Stress in_steeP wed. Gs - f= ~ Geooexte”) = = 36.3%10° Pa (o) Final fength f ste? rod. Les Lot (Sp)g Lp,= 0.250 4 120410" + 73, 18S* 10% - (1.76838x 10°" )(26.003 x15 = 0.280 147 “m Le = 250.147 mm tt Problem 2.58 2.68 Knowing thet 2 0.5-10m gap exists when the temperature is 24°C, determine (a) the temperature at which the normal stress inthe aluminum bar will be egal © ~75 MPa, (5) the contesponding exact lenglh of the aluainann bar 05m 6.2 -75 MP4 P= GAL (754104) (IP00 10) = — 13S kN Shetening due to P Ply, Pls S Ba * Ek = _Ll98000) 03) 4 $5000) (0°45) Cone TSv0 000°) (FE x07 NUiReo KE) 76243 X15 mae Ava Pable elongetion for thermal expansion S, = (0008 ¢ 1263410 ¢) = 2623x107 m Bot 8) = Lye (AT) & Loot) = (ose raba1e8)(AT)+ (0 45)23:2N)AT) = 9 110 987 Equoting (lB are ® DAT = 42623 x10 AT= To-/*¢ @ That = Teash AT $24 47001 = 9400 “ - ~ Pb @) S.= Lar ~ Pla 3 = (004) 23+ ame) Tort) SSLO9 Loeb) gaz 4157 tm C73x108) (iBe6y/8*) Leet 2 0454 Oa7 KD? =O 4GSOL7 Mm = Proprietary Material © 2009 The MeGraw-Hi Ce Ing Alf gh reserved No partis Manual may be displayed reproduces or igre inany foro By ay mens, woot he permission ofthe publisher, or wed eyand the ated disetution Wo weacers snd estore pomited by McGraw for tee inividel conse preparation. A safer wing this moral sing witha pension, Problem 2.59 2.69. Determine (a) the compressive force in the bars shown after a tem perature rise of 82°C; (b the corresponding change in length of the bronze bar 05 mm =f som — hm Theraal expansion H free of constraint Spe Led (AT) + Le le (AT) Bees 4 (0-¢S)(03:2K0') (82) enone Alun = b4Ib x10 m P PF Constrained expansion, $ TO*S Mm -—_F- Shortening eve te induced compressive force P Sp = 476x187 — 0-0005 = 06976 x13 by at a BeBe - ede Be <9. ID bee eeeeeeeeee ef = (Goes (xd) (Poon HP 47x00 @) Equeting — GbETHETP 2 0 976K iT? Pal2838 N 172-6 kN =a & S = Liar) - Pe C172235) (0-35) = logs) ob byi®)(92) ~ “igead eee O23SP KID Mm 2023 E AK mt Proprietary Matera ©2009 The MeGrav-Hill Companies, In, Al righ reserved. No part of thie Mapua may be played eprodsced, or ited in any fra ox by any means, wiht the pier weiten pemision ofthe publisher, or used beyond the limited dsibution t enchers ‘a dsators permite by Mis il forthe iedidul courte peparation, Aste sing th sul Suing withou permision. Problem 2.60 2.60 Atroom temperature (20°C) a 0.5-mm gap exists between the ends ofthe ods ‘Shown, Atalater time when the temperature has reached 140°C, determine a) the ‘normal sites inthe aluminum tod, () the change in ength ofthe aluminum rod 05,01 [20m —4 AT = [Yo - 20 = 120°C [tm — euporsion. Tez LgohlAT) + byol, (ATI =(0.800)(22%10* (120) + (0,250Y17. 3x16 X20) = 1.347107 om Shortening doe to P to meet eonstyacat Spt 184710? = O.5vio* = 0.847 «10% we Bk En? 9.350 (19@ * 107 800% 10°) CIS #10" \2000%10* ) YP = 3.644710" P Equedings; 3.644710" P = 0.84716" Pe 232.34™"/0" N + @ 6 a > - ese = = 6.210% Pa ~NE2 MPa (.012\C0N4 84 v0 257841 * yy ~0.00258 mm = CO t= 0.00lbw S.* Ee, = (O.0016\(-214.84 x10°) =-3437K1O"7 m = 0.0003437 mm th welt ey t.C+ &e) = mete (14 G4 E, + ee, ) Act Woto A-Ac= Wole (Ey 18 1 neghigdle Jom) & Anaboky = RYo.012K0.0016 CO 24.84 1S) = —B.25NJO7 mn” = — 0, 00825 tone Proprietary Materil, © 2009 The MeGraw-Htt Companies, ne Al sighs reserved. No pata this Manus may be displayed epee dsrbued inst foro by my means, woot the prior writen permissen ofthe pals. beyond the ited ston a ences fn educators pesmited by MGraw-Hl fr tet individual couse pepaation sade wing tis tata is sing withost permission, Probem 2.64 2.64 A2-m length ofan aluminum pipe of 240-mm outer diameter and 10-mm wall ‘thickness is used as a short column and carries a centric axial Toad of 640 KN. Knowing that E= 73 GPa and v= 0:33, determine (a) the change in length of the pipe, () the change in its outer diameter, (c) the change in its wall thickness, do = 240 mm Le lO mm di = de-2E= ROmm A= B(do*-da*)= J (240"- 220") = 7.2257 10% mm = L257 *1O% m* Pe en N . = ~-PL eyo VC R00) i feeoee) Ss ca “G@ ORAS TION) 2.427 110m 243 mm =e es Be BHO eo aaa ee Ege 7 - VE = —(0.388)CLA133'~/0"%) = 400.4 «10"% (o) Ad, = dene = (240K 400.4 %107° ) 0.0961 nm -_ (coy Ab = Cent = (lo)4o04xio® ) = 0.00400 mm _< Proptictary Materil. © 2009 The McGrail Companies, Ine Alsight reserved. No put ofthis Monval Aibted in any frm of by any means witht the prior weiten pernisin f the publisher or wed beyond ‘sd edo ported by MeCiaw Hi friend course preparation Auden sing xx naa be dplyed roprouced oF id bution o eaters without permision Problem 2.65 2.65 The change in diameter ofa arg steel bot is carefully measured as the nut is tightened. Knowing that E = 200 GPa and v ~ 0.29, determine the internal force inthe bot, ithe diameter is observed to decrease by 13 j. d= 6ox1lo%m gy == 216.67 xjo* -- : :-& v z ¢ & a T4713 «jo G, = Ee, = (200%1079 M7473 18) = 149,43 W1O% Pa A= Fd = Bleo? = 2.827%10° mm = 2827 «107% F = GA = (149.43 v10% (2.827410 ) = 422ioo ON = 422 kN ~ Problem 2.66 2.66 An aluminum plate (= 74 GPa and v = 0.33) is subjected wo a conte ish load that eauses 9 normal stress @.Knovting that, before long, fine of slope et 2:1 sorbed on te plate, detennine the slope ofthe line when = 125 MPa, g td f sit = The stope ofter deformation is tan @ = ZU4Er) Trey bee SE = HSE ganz nio ze = -(0.2 : ¥1O*) = 0, 5574 ¥ 10% ali+ey) by vey (0.33 1.6892 ¥10 0.5574 ¥ 10" ° = 2Ul=0.00085TH) | “ a tan @ = 1) 0.051872 1.99551 le Proprietary Material © 2009°The McGrail Companies Ine. All sighs sexered, No part ofthis Mera may be played repradce of istbted in any fos or by any means, without the peer writen pension af the ptt, or wc beyond the inated Jstbton wo acs nd educator ported by McGrail for thi individual cours preperation. A staat sig thin marl wing witht permission. 2.67 ‘The aluminum rod AD is fitted with n jacket that is used to apply Prop len eat ‘a hydrostatic pressure of 42 MPa tothe 300-mm portion BC of the od. Know: ing that E = 70 GPa and » = 0.36, determine (a) the change inthe total Tength AD, () the middle of the rd. he change in diameter Ge = & =~ p= -42Pe gro yo Seer i = [-4210% (0134)(0) - Cor36)(-42 Ho) | Toxo" —384x0" ey= ee ve, + 6) — 262) | |. hewn = E (0136) 4ax/ot) 40-loi)-42xr0)] Toad fet 432x 13° Length subject te strain Ee Ls 63m @) Sy= Ley = 603) (432005%) = 61296 xe? mM 013mm we 0.01454 X10 = 20146 hm am ) Sy = Ag, = lo-038)(-B84 x10 Propiletacy Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hhit Companies, Inc, Alright reserved, No pat ofthis Mone may be diplayed epeduced ot abe in any fro By any eae thot ths prior writen pension of the pblisher, oc wed beyond denied dsiibuion fo echers tan educators peed by MeGraw-Hil for thir individual course preprtion.Astdent wing his maa isuxng without permission, Problem 2.68 2.68. For the rod of Prob. 2.67, determ the forees that should be ap- pli (0 the ends A and D of the tod (a) ifthe axial strain in portion BC of the rod is to rentain 2er0 as the hydostatie pressure is applied, (4) if tho total length AD of the rod is to romain unchanged hydrostatic pressure of 42 MPa tothe 300-mm porto that B= 70 GPa and » = 0.36, determine (a) the change (b) the change in diameter atthe middle ofthe ro. | 2.67 ‘the annum od AD iste wit jk ht se \ iil x00 | Over the pressurized partion BC Gee Gap GG Daz & (6, +. G - v6,) = £(avp + 6) @) ee = O Qupt GH =O ‘gy = Uypee QYo.36 Marni") = -30+24 MPa A= Fat = Boose) = bis4yi0? F = AG, = (hi34x10) (02 no*) = - 34292 i.e. B43 kN Compvession Go = & For ne change in fensth S = Law Gyre + LeclEydec + ben(Eeo = © (Lac + boo) EyMsa + LaclBye = © (05-03) % + Plarvp+ 6) +0 a shup cere {rotor 4x) 40.72 MPa, Pe AGy = (34x10 )C-ForTax 10) = — 10287 N ie Fore] ESI compesssion att Problem 2.69 2.69 A fabri used in sir-inflated structures i subjected to a biaxial Toading that resus in normal steses = 120 MPA ang, 160 MP, Knowing thet the properties of the fabric can be approximated es E = 87 GPa and v= 0.3, Alemine the change in length oF (a) side 4, (8) side BC (diagonal AC. 6, = Roxio" Pa, G= 0, G = Komot Pa (6, -%G - vs,) = priga Lone! - (0.30 (1c0210°1] = 754,02 «10°F 2B (26, ~ voy +) = sper] -]3Mizonot + 160x108] = 1.3701 ¥Io* (a) Sq 2 (AB YE, = (100 mm (754.02 «10° ) = 0.0754 mm - Cb) Se = CRE) Eg = (7S mm )C1-BTONX 1S Y= 0.1028 mm ~ vB g Label sides ofuvight Prange ABC ac a,b, anc. b cts ata bt Obtain differentials by cadeudus. 2¢ de = 2ada+ 2b db deo= &da+ 8 db But, = 100 mm, b= 100mm, C= 100% 76 *) = 125 mm da = Sag = 0.0754 man db = oe = 0.1370 wm i) Saxe = le = (0.1028) = 0.1220 mm =e Preprieney Materia © 2009 The MeGraw-Htll Companies, ne Al rights served, No par ofthis Manual may be dspaye, reproduced, et ibe in ay foro B92 hoot he prio writen permission othe pulser or we een! he into Ssttion o eaces ud educators peed by McGrail fortes itividal couse preparation. A student sing this manta ising without perio, Problem 2.70 2.70 The block shown is made of a magnesium alloy for which E ~ 45 GPa andy = 0.35. Knowing that 6, = -180 MPa, determine (a) the magnitude of hich the change in the height of the block will be zero, (b) the correspon change in the arca ofthe face ABCD, (c) the corresponding change in the volume ‘of the block. EG, - v6, - v6) UG, = (0.25V~ 120 #10) 62 « 10 Pa 6y 2-63 MPa 08 OBS eou3¥lot) _ 5 tig e107 =A. 89916 = Eee 2-23.51 ¥Jo™* ch) A, = La ha A= UC+e si (i+e,) = bl, (lee ee, + ee.) DA= A-AS > byhy (Ont ey +808) % bala (5482) A= (100 vam (2S min) 68.519 15" = 1.891") AA=~ 13,50 mm <@ © Me bebyk Us Lee ly + yb Cee,) = Lylyle (4 bet 8 he + Bty Ge GE + Eve ee) +E, 4 small terms) Avs U-U,= LL, CQ 48, AV = ([o0\(4o (25 )(- 3.511574 O- 1.8915°) — AV = -SHomm Proprietary Materiel. ©2009 The McGraw Companies, Ine ll ght reserved, No ptf this Mans maybe played eprhied or 20% Ble. (4x08) 0143 m = 43inmy | Shearing stress tT ‘i als aa Bien Problem 2.80 2.80 Two blocks of rubber with a modulus of rigidity G are bonded to rigid supports and to a plate AB. Knowing that 5 and © = 125 mm, determine the largest allowable load P and the smallest al- Towable thickness «of the blocks if the shearing sess in the rubber is wot least 6 mm. Shearing stress = AP = Pe Pr Lhe (20-2) fornsh Smo’) = 75 EN = Shearing strain > 2 =F a = GE = LEED) 904m = Fo mm a Exroe Problem 2.81 2,81 An elastomeric hearing (G = 0.9 MPa) is used to support a bridge girder as shown to provide flexibility during earthquakes. The beam must not displace ‘more than 10 som when a 22-KN lateral load is applied as shown. Knowing that the maximum allowable shearing stress is 420 kPa, determine (a) the smallest allowable dimension b, (2) the smallest required thickness a Shearing force P= 22105 N Shearing stvess E> 420 v10" Pa Po ~ EB. gan . ot Cee An es PRES 252.381 x10 m 5 52381 x08 mn” A = (200 mm Cb) = 262 mm -_ or 466.67 x10" * SB. tlh TT Heecenjas = U4 mm an 2.82 For the elastomeric bearing in Prob. 2.81 with b = 220 mm und a ~ 30 mm, determine the shearing modulus G and the shear stress ¢ for a maximum Fateral load P= 19 KN and a maximum displacement = 12 mo. Sheaving force P= 19 «10° N Area A = (200 me (220 mn) = HY 10% min = 44 dons im 1 ref: = 431,81 r10% Pa aa = 481 kPa oe 12 mo Zoen 7 0-400 = 1089 «(0° Pa = 1.080 MP mt NOTE? In problems 2.75 through 2.82, 287, 2.88, and 2.182 it is assumed that Vis the tungent of the angle change. This makes the relative displacement proportional te the Fovee. . 2.83 150-mm diameter solid steel sphere is lowered into the ocean Problem 2.63 {4 point where the pressure is 50 MPa (about 5 kn below the surface). Know- ing that & = 200 GPa and » = 0:30, determine (a) the decrease in diameter of the sphere, (6) the decrease in volume of the sphere, (c) the percent increase in the density of the sphere For solid sphere =H aS = EG uy = b e710 m> Sy = 6 = 6, 2 -p = SoMPa %, -6 & $G.-vG, -v) = = Ege = ON VEOHO) «Ine x10 reovsol Likewise & 7 £2 2 -loexlo C+ Ete +e, = - Jooxio® (@) -Ad =-do ey = - (0/5 )( 100 10) = IF #10 iy, ta 0) -AV = We = - (7671/5 B00 «10"*) = S30K1077 M = (©) heb m= mass of sphere, im = constaats m= PV, = pV = pUs(ire) =(-ere*-e74-)- 1 = -e4e* 2%. # -e@ = 360 xjo"* = F7f w100% = (Boo «to ) (00%) = 003% Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeGraw-H} Companies, Ine ll sights reserved. No pat of hit Marta my be displayed, repried ise in ay for a by any meats, without the prior sien permis othe pls or sed beyond the nts iti fo teers and educators permed by Moral for ther incviual cous preparation, ste wing this ana easing without pension, Problem 2.84 *2.84 (a) For the axial loading shown, determine the change in height and the ‘change in volume ofthe brass cylinder shown. (8) Solve part a, assuming that the loading is hydrostatic with 0, = 6, = 0, =~ 70 MPa, sme 186 saan * Ont 3S Pe 1954 Ente hot Fg = Blas = 5.6745 110 mm = S6TISHIS Agho? 766.060 16? md = 766.06 2107S im 5 nem (@) 6,2 0 , G,=-S8xI Pa, 6 = O F (-¥ +% - v6, Y= & ae a 6 - Be F = $82.38 1" bh = boty = (13S mm \C~ SE2.38 10°) = = 0.0746 om = 2 ic2v £6 06 = Ue SY 2 (0.34)C 53 11K) 7 (6 6 + Si nd ae Tes F1O* = = 187.81 «10"* AY = Ue = C766.06K(08 wd 187.81 K1S*) = 198.9 mn me (b) 6% = Gy = G = ~ 70x10" Pa 6:4 6 + 6,= -210*10° Pa 4 = tear bye pl-v6, + 6 - ve) = 2 G (0.34 \—-7exjo) _ a ba jos %1O7 = = 226.67 x10 Dh = hy €y = (13S mm YC 226.6710) =~ 0.0306 mm ~< fa v ~~ ro 4-210 «1057 ie e+ HAY (Gye y+ G,) = GANZ). cso nte’ AY = We = (165.06 x10? pam - CBORITS ) = = S21 men? ~ *2.85 Determine the dilatation e and the change in volume of the 200-mm length Problem 2.85 of the rod shown if (a) the rod is made of steel with E= 200 GPa and » = 0.30, (6) the rod is made of aluminum with £= 70 GPa and v= 0.35, 7 2am daniter [20 a Az Ealt= Baa | = 380.13 me’ = 380.13 4/0" P= aCuotN F = iaio1 tot G& =G= 0 2,2 FG 2G -& By 8,7 ve, = Ue GU = 22S. IE 76.026 10" rene? Et As 2,2 BG, - 06-6, ) Vodome Ue AL = (380.18 mm )€200 wn Av: Ve Ga) steed: © = OHO pup yjor4 = AV = (76.026 «108 (242 «10° 9) = 18.40 rnm® = 3921.0) x108) ne Govie® t SNI¥IO = AW = (76.026 r10% \OS11 x10) = 34.4 mt = eral © 2009 The MeGrav-Hil Companies, tn. Al rghs resrved. No pot of tis Maoual maybe depaged reece oF that ie prior writen pemisson of he pbs oF wed eyend the ited atibution wo ache il for hci ndivkual cous pepeation, A tee wing dis mnual ising without persion Problem 2.86 ¥2.86 Determine the change in volume of the 50-mm gage length segment AB ins Prob. 2.63 (a) by computing the dilatation of the materia, (b) by subtracting the original volume of portion AB from is final volume. 2.63 A.2.75 kN tensile load is applied toa test coupon made from 1.6-mm fat steel, plate (£200 GPa, v=0.30). Determine the resulting change (in the 50-mm gage Fength, (6) in the width of potion 4B of the test coupon, (c) inthe thickness of portion 4B, (d) inthe cross-sections area of portion AB. AM cePeudeAions here 27akN a fom CQ) Ag = MANE Y FE IRR mm 1 ZH IO™ mt Volume. YU, = LA, = (SOME. RY © 960 mm - kL 225x10% 8 = KF Waeiot Be - & 2, > £(6,- v6, -20,)- Se 143.224 2108 Pa. G&-6, +0 ABB B2G ION cg is npor® Boo xio? By = B= -4& = -(.30Me.IsuIo?) = -atisdxie® et Fete, F 286.4Cmt AV'= Ue = (960)( 236.46 (0) = 0.275 mm? = (b) From the sefotion te Probtem 2.62 Sy FP O.08581 wm YF - 0.002578 mm Gyr — 0,0003437 mer The dimensions whes onder the 2.75 ki Bod qvet Jength — L* bat Se = SOF 0.03581 — $0,0358] mm widkh w= w4S)> 12- 0.00257 = ML 4474R2 mon thickness t= t,45, > 1.6 - 0,co0aya7 [599 6563 mm volome Us Lwt = (60.0358. 99742201. S446563)> 960. 27S pam AV = Y-Y = 460,275 - HO = 0.275 mm? ~ oprciary Materia © 200 The McGraw Comins. Al its seed No ptf hs Man may edad peace tbat in any fora ce by any sean, without the pcr weten pealsion ofthe publisher, or wed Beyond he Hnted dserbtion to echers lant ehcatrs prmited by McGraw Ti for tht indvidual course proparaton. A student sig hs na ubing Ht without peribion ion isolation support consists ofa rod 4 of radius Ry ~ 19 mm and ‘ tube B of inner radius R; = 25 mm bonded to an 80-mam-long hollow rubber cylinder with a modulus of rigidity G= 12 MPa, Determine the largest allowable force P which can be applied to rod 4 if its deflection isnot to exceed 2.50 mm, Problem 2.87 Let v be o radiad coordinate. Over the hodfow wim vubher cyfinder Rye WER e Shearing stvess T aching on a cyPindrend suvFace oF radius is Pp tf tam anrh The shearing strain is P oe Y* 6 * ahr Shearing deformation over vadiad bensth dv a8 5 ar 7 382 Ndr = Tae ae Total dePormedion % av S= § as “eR + for | =o P pln Re = In BI * Bah amGhsS da (7%) ORS m > he BOmm = 0,080 m = & a ar Jn B Data Rt |Omm = 0,010 wm. | Ry = ATmn* ow P= GF 1axtot Pa $= 2.50% 10" m P = AMCAx tot )(0.0801(2.50n1e-") . An (0,028 /0, 010) = 1646"1o N 16,46 kN) = Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeCraw-AE Companies Tne. Al sight reserved. No pat ofthis Manu maybe diplayod eproiced oF srt any form rb any ans, without the price sriten permission ofthe pblaher, ce wed beyond he ited dstbation to tschene, and educstors permitted by McGrail fo thei indivdeal covet preperation, A stant wig thie mamal wing without yrs, Problem 2.88 "2.88. A vibration isolation support consists of a rod 4 of radius Ry and a tube B of inner radius Re bonded to 2 80-mm-long hollow rubber cylinder with a ‘nods of rigidity G = 10.93 MPa. Determine the roguited value of the ratio RyRy if a EN force P isto cause a 2-mm deflection of rod, Let be a vedio? coordinate. Over the hoffow vubher cylinder Ric VER, Shearing stvess T achug e on @ eydindricad surface [3 oF tadiuee is : aoe “in t TK *anrh uly The sheceing strain is Sse 1° * aéhe Sheawing deformation over vadiad Densth dv ay an Peli a5 Tdes cee oe Tote! deForma tier ~ (0 1 PB de 8° § a8 -aEh {. + Ren eee E Pic (th B= In BR) 2aGh Reh a er Jn & (Am)(10.93 x10" n2.080}(0. 008) SE enoea = 8,00 ios Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, oc. Allright tesrved. No pat ofthis Manual ray be dapayed,ropeodace, ot isbn ny form ory any msn, without the plo writen permission ofthe pblishr or wed beyond the Himited dsrbuton to wacker, nt eestrspermited by Mirai for the indidul conse preparation, Assia sing hi ama sing without persion. Problem 2.89 *2,89 A composite cube with 40-mm sides and the properties shown is made with elass polymer fibers aligned in the x direction, ‘The cube is constrained against ‘formations in the y and z diretions and is subjected to a tensile load of 6 KN in the x direction, Determine (a) the change ia the length of the eube in the x direction, (6) the stresses 05,6, ant a a : : be Sivess-}o~ strain equations ave Me Pe, ss, ~4 ay @ * = ts @) © ae aM 4 EE () The consteaint condition are £20 ad &=0 Dsing (2) end (8) with the constraint conch Hens Sy ees Bn G4 b Ey Ye Le. Ue ap EO: = BG.) iy Sy ~ WHR GL = SBYG, or Gy 0.4286, = 0.077216 6% SEG + te = OBC, on 0.86 + 6, = 0.077816 & Solving simodtaneous Ay, Sy * 6, > 0.134993 6% Using (Yad CVn W, fet EO BG - BS & = I i= (e.254 0.134993) - (o. 254 Y(o. 134993) | 0.93142 Gy A = (40)(4e) = 1600 mm™ = 1600 x10°* mn* 2 6x > a = ESOS = yoezsxto’ Pa continued Problem 284 sovhnved = (0.9312 yo.625 10" - e,2 0.93192 \GYo.625 ¥10") 356.19 «10% 50 ¥/o% @) See Ly Ee = (YO mm (756 .78%10°) = 0.0303 mm oe (0) 6, = 40.625" }0°Pa = 40.6 MPa oa By = Gy = (0.134993 )40.625K10%) = S.48 #10 Pa = S648 MPa = Problem 2.90 90 The composite cube of Prob. 2.89 is constrained agaist deformation inthe 2 direction and elongated in the x direction by 0.035 mm due to a tensile the x direction, Determine (a) the stresses 6, dy, and d, (b) the change dimension in the y diection, yee Ww Constraimt condition. Load _conelition , From equetin (3), 0 + ~2B 6, 72 6, 2 fe (O.2S4MIS.2) = 0.077216 Oy S.= Uke 6, = xe continued Problem 2.9 corttinved From equahion (1) with 6y = Ser E& ~ eo, = EG - BG = k le. oase6,] = £L1- ©.rsy (oe. 077216)] & 2.99089 Cy Sx = 3755659 Peete OnOSaeime rere Bot, & = FE Wo mm B75 #10 = ($0 «107 (37s x 10°F) Pa 7 (a) Sas 44.ERS x10? Po = 44.6 MPa ~ Bt Gy +E 6, - 26: ra i. Seca, £25 x10") $o — LOMB B44 * 108) = - 323.73 xj07* (Sy = LY = GomnV- 323.28 10°) = — 0.0129 mm - ropeetary Material, ©2009 The MeGraw-HillCompantes, Inc. Alright reserved. No pt ofthis Manual maybe daplayed, reproduced of @@) = [Zinn Se a = 0/9BL From Fig. 2.64b Ke 1.44 KP _ (1.44 foxio* Cman® RR = Prin, ott bx 10? = 69-5 mPa K = bee 2.94 Knowing that, forthe plate shown, the allowable stress is 110 MPo, {determine the maximum allowable value of P shen (a) r= 10 mm, (8) 7 = 18mm, Cone = 0 MPG D-Rsmm d= 62mm 2 = 2016, Race = db = (ovoboylorore) = L116 x63 m rn 10 @) Pe /Omm $e + ests From Fig. 2.64 b Ke 2-04, ~ KE Gree ™ Rasy = tote” “she sit) = 587 EW. =H y= fe 0 29 K+ KG 3 ps Ay coterie v0) 69-76 EN. = Proprietary Matertal.© 2009 The MeGr sabre in any for or by any mc {1 Companies, ne Al sghs reserved. No part of ths Manual sy be played, epriced oF thou he prior wen permission of the publish, used Beyond the lite eetbtion oer nd educators permed by McGraw fr ter individu course preparation A student axing this marua sting it witout persion 2.95 For P = 35 KN, determine the mininum plate thickness ‘required if the allowable sioss is 125 MPa. Problem 2.95 At the hofe: yt l2mm a= SS -24 23) ae 2034 From Fig 26ta K 2 2-26 hee Rea tee Smme? Rap * 4S 2 Ah Sane = (2:26) 38000) OS LIZS HOw At He fMet D= 55m dg = toms & = $2 2 1.378 = OL0TO4 mM 220+ Amin fez % = lonm R: eee ee Fron Fig 2.646 K = [10 Cone = Ke z aa _ KR _ (1.20)(25000) : = UI0E5000) _ 9, =m daSir ~ (ood) (EW pane The Davger vakveris the vequived wini mom plate thickness br20-4qmn <0 Problem 2.96 2.96 Knowing that the hole has a diameter of 10 mm, determine (a) the radius r of the filles for which the same maximum stress occurs atthe bole A snd atthe fillets, (0) the corresponding maximun allowable toad P if the 1mm 4 . allowable sets is 105 MPs a For the circular bode ra t& = Sma, d= (00-102 Fomm FrGq 27056 Fo ad i Avet = dt = (0-04) C0101) = 060004 in™ é ok Fron Fig 2640 Kine = 2°8 Tom Cin, = Kat. Agta, (0004) (105m) = ArtGare , (010009) (105K0) _ 4, (by Ps Sat oo = 33-151 io (a) Foo filet DD =loomm d= brimn = febl Ne = dt = (e062) (0.01) 20100062 Cane = KettP s, Kean = Aan See z sercoutayuos nis) = 143 From Fig 264b a ond 2 Wp% OP Corie) (b2)2 MNIomm 2.97 A hoe iso be died inthe plate at &._‘The diameter of he bits valble Problem 2.97 to dil th ole range fom 12 to 24 mon in 3-tm efement (a) Determine the Alamcer ofthe angst it that can be ved ithe lowe Toa te leo exceed tat at the fillets. () Ifthe allowable sess inte plate i 148 MP, what isthe conesponding allowable lod P? Ab He Eide) P= Gm de 1S mm Vm 2 BL je te De 12. S vam At 5s TS Weegee From Fi S a From Fig 2.64 6 K= 210 ain = (2S ORV = F000 mm™ = 900 ram” = FOO x10 wa” >Kme. : = AninGiy . (Joo x Jo" U4E +108) Ginax Kye Sa + Part Z = = = CQIn1o* N= GQ kN ie an At the bode, Ant = (D~ ar) t, S$? se where DD = (12.5 wm Y= vodius of civete telamm K is token Prom Fig 2.64 a. Sane = KE, - Cu + Pa = Art Cau tate diel rf asDote vd |W | Avert) | | Par) V2 rom Onn 100.5 0,060) 2.80] 1206x107 | E2.Sx1o% 15 mm | TSmm! 925 mm | 0,077 | 2.75 | 1ox Joe | 61.7 *1o* 1B mm | oun] 14.5 mm [0.075 | 2.71 [N34x10 | co.7% 107 Zl min | 105mm) WS mm [OMS | 267 |1098xlo* | S76» 10% 24 mm [Onn] B85 mm 10.186 | 2.62 lo62xto* | S8.axlo* @) Bit diameter, = 12mm a &) Alowehte Dok. cel kN ome Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, ne All sights reserved. No par of his Manual may be displayed, epraduced, or dsrbated in any form oy aay meas, witout the pir writen persion ofthe publisher, or used bey themed dation co teasers in edocaors permite by MeGraw-Mil for het individual couse preparation, A student using this manual is esing i wihoat persion 2.98 2) For P= SR KN and d= 12 mm, determine the maximum sites the plate Problem 2.98 shown. (b) Solve part a, assuming that the hole at A is not drilled, qm, Ly 9m “4 1125 \ Maximum stress at hele Use Fig. 2.640 For vedues of K ee = a fae Tq = 0.0597 , Ke 2.80 Ayat = UR YURS= IRV = 1206 meh = 1206 «10S at > KE - GtoXsaxio _ iaeed Soe = KL inet 139.7 » 10° Fe Maximum stress_at filets Use Figs 2.64 & SESE eo D.w2S L a 5 200, Be ARS = 150, K> 210 Ain 7 URIS) + 900 ram = 900 #10 m™ Sa KE = GeXsante). - j 35,300 Pa Joo roe (a) With hode ond fillets. 134.7 MPa = (b) Without hole , 135.3 MPa foil apni eA ured Nope oh Mana may edly. cai ea permsion a he publishes, or used beyond the mite istiburion eachers this ana is sing it wiboo! permission. Ary Material © 2008 The MeCrase sn any form o by any means, with Siu ductors permite by Mcrae i obvadalcourepeparno. set i Problem 2.99 2.99 The aluminum test specimen shown is subjected to two equal and opposite centric axial forces of magnitude P. (a) Knowing that B= 70 GPa and oi" 200 MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of P and the corresponding total clongation of the specimen. (b) Solve part a, assuming that the specimen has been replaced by an aluminum bar ofthe same lengih and a uniform 60 * 15. rectangular cross section, Guy? 200x108 Pa B= TOKIO Pa. avin = (GOv\IS rom) = JOO mat = TOKO yn" (0) Test specimen, D+ 1Smm, d= nm, 02 bine bl. B.i25 ft. . 4b ae Fron fig. 26400) K = a5 = KE 7 ie 108 Pe ASeu = (ore M200 #10") «a, sog.ioty P4238 kN Wide area, BY = (Smua\(iSmm)? [VRS mm = 1 125¥ 10 e Pg be . 92.308u10% FLE = sasopeie* | 0.150 = T4110 130.0 kN =a (200 ¥10%) = 10.107 N Pp AG = (G00r10% ge RL - Ceenio®) ©6009 2s ayy iy? $ SNE © (oorlo~*\C7oxjo"} [TY mm et Proprietary Marit. © 2009 The Met i Companie Ie. Allright served No pt ofthis Monat maybe diplaye,rependced oe sdstbated i oy form ar by ay means, witout he por writen pesson ofthe publisher, o used hayoad the aed sit to eabers educators penned by MeGraw-Hil fer sic ndvdual couse preparation. A student uring this naa sing whoa permusion 2.100 For the test specimen of Prob. 299, determine the maximum vale of the Problem 2.100 normal stress corresponding to a total clongation of 0.75 mm, 2.99 ‘The alumimim test specimen shown is subjected to two equal and opposite cexitic axial forces of magnitude P. (a) Knowing that £ = 70 GPa and agi 200 ‘MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of P and the corresponding total clongation of the specimen. (8) Solve part a, assuming that the specimen has ‘een replaced by an aluminum bar of the same fength and a uniform 60 rectangular eross section. 1mm etn S = 0.75 10% wm Ly = bg =1SO nm = O15Om ) Le B00 mm = 0,300 m y= Ag = (1SmmVUSmn 2 URS med = fe 12S 1 Ag = (60mm lSimm ) = 900 wen? = FDO%[O™* we oso. i * Tassie 7 G00 m be 2.180 36 ZK, 7 Taso *aob6 (Jo x10 *)(0. 75 *10"") eae = 87.5*10°N on Dz Simm, Ae Comm, EP Sum Ree 52 f= ato 2.54 Kr Las (ME (82-8710) = sea criot Pe Gyt18G MPa Mote that Gian S Saye Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Compantes, oe. ll ight reserved. No put ofthis Maral maybe dtpaye, reproduce, or toated nay foe or by any means, wit te prior writen persion of We publisher, cr used beyond the Heed daubuton to teaches ‘nd edextrsprmited by McGraw Hil for tee ndividal course preparation. Auden sing hs manos sing without permission. 2.101 Rod AB is made of« mild ste! that is assumed tobe elastoplastc with E = Problem 2.101 200 GPa and ¢~345 MPa, After the rod bas been attached tothe rigid lever CD, itis foun that end C is 6 am too high. A vertical force Q is then applied at until this poiat has moved o position C”, Determine the required magnitudcof Q and the deflection 6 ifthe lever isto snap back to a horizontal position after Q is removed. Ang 2 EGY = 68.617 met = 68.617 «toe me Since rod AB is te be stetohel parmanoitty, (Frenne Aue Se = (68.6171 VAS #108) = al. T48 slow OEM,s0: 11Q@-A7K,=0 one? 22 (21.948 x10?) = 3.967010? N i 1B.97 kN —_ 1 Cag meelan (248 10°25) i Sao TE Bne * (2OOMONKE IID” 2 SERS HIT m 1S, “3 = Sa 8 = FIR = 3.0804 x10 val S= Lie = 3.84 ¥4 2.102 Solve Prob. 2.101, assuming tha the yield point ofthe mild stelis 250 MPa, 2.101 Rod AB is made ofa mild stel that is assumed to be elastoplestic with B= 200 GPa and o,=345 MPa. After the rod has been attached to the rigid lever CD, itis found that end Cis 6 mm too high. A vertia! ores Q is then applied at C until. {his point has moved to position C Determine the required magnitude of Q and the deflection d, ifthe lever is to snap back (oa horizontal position after Q is removed. Bye = BAY = 68.607 mn? = 68.617 10% me Since rod AB is to be stretched! permanently, CFaddsan = Ane Sy = (63-617 x10 *X250 + 10) = 15.4043 %10* N 4DEM,=O 11 Q-O7K =o any = 27 (5.904310) © 10,1241" 9 z log kN =e + Enalar (15.9043 410 )(1.28) =F, Su SE Bee” Geomonyeteiaiesy 7 S62SxI0 R232 I> rad B= LO! es 246xKi0% Mm 246 mn 403 2.103 The 30-mm square bar 4B has a length L = 2.2 m: itis made of a mild stool Problem 2 that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and oy = 345 MPa. A force P is applied to the bar until end A has moved down by an amount dq. Determine ‘the maximum value of the force P and the permanent set of the bar after the force has been removed, knowing that (a) dy = 4.5 mm, (b) y= 8 mm. A = (80)(86) = 409 mm = 900 *j/O™* Sy = hee = GSE = GAMBA) Sagas jo = 3.195 am 20 ¥ 107 IF Sn 2 Sy Pr = AGe = (4o0 «io Xa4snio") = 310.5410 N Doloating: Ss Bab» See. 3, = 4,745 mm Sp 7 S478! A) Sat dT an > Se P+ 3/0.5r 10? N= BIOS KN = Spe = Simm = 3279S mm © 0.205 mm —= (b) Sat Bee > Sy Pat Bio.S xo N = BIOS kW ~~ Sp E.On = B.TFS mm 5 ROT mm -_ Problem 2.104 2.104 The 30-mm square bar AB has x length l= 2.5 mm, ‘that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E= 200 GPa and oy P is applied to the bar and then removed to give it a Determine the maximum value of the force P and the m ‘which the bar should be stretched ifthe desired value of 4, is (a) 3.5 rim, (6) 6.5, A = Bo)(30} = JOO mm = Foo «10% wm 2 = bSe _ @SMaysuiot) . Suid = tae S = Ley = apts Peer = 4318S ]0 m = 4.315 When GS, exceeds Sy, thus producing a permenent stretch of Sp, the marimum Force “vs P= AG; = (900 w10" )(B4Sw/O") = BIOSWION = 810.5 kN Sp= Smo S' = Su- Sr Sat StS ) Spt 3.5 mm Sm? SS mm + 4 BIZSme > 7B! mm (o) $, t A 6.5 aim Sat ESwmt 4312S mm F 19.8) men Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hhil Companies, In. All right reserved. Nop ofthis Mant maybe iplyet reproduced inte any Form by any moans witht the prior writen permission of he publish, or used teyon dhe ied distribution to eachees cat nnd by McCraw Hl for their ind eure prepaatn, A studeat sing Bas mane tsing it witoot permission, 2108 Rod ADC consists of two eylindicel portions AB and BC; iis made uf a Problem 2.105 mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with £ = 200 GPa and oy= 250 MPa. ‘A fcce Ps aplied tothe od and then feove to give Ita permanent set Jy 2 fan. Detnine the maximun val ofthe foes P a he nana amount be ty which the rod shoud be stretched wo ive the desired permanent sc. ann Te» diameter Apa * oy G2 706.86 min? 270 6.96 21S mr” F 125664 210 wyn® FL ATECEY «IO rok osm dinneter Pann = DaiuBe = (706.86 410 ¥2S0x108) = 176.715" 10 Y Pane 176.7 kD = gtx Riba, Pile. ._(ire.11s108 V0.8) 4 (176.715 EA Eee * Gaoxot\7ot.86x10%) + Goovio* 81375 +10"? m 1843 7S mm, S's Qe l.B437s Sm2 3.34 mn Problem 2.106 2.106 Rod ABC consists of two cylindrical portions AB and BC; it is made of a sec! that is assumed to be elastoplastic with = 200 GPa and oy~ 250 MPa, A force P is applied tothe rod until its end 4 has moved down by an an Simm, Detenmine the maximum value of the force P and the permanent roid ater the forve has been removed 40.390 ameter Nag = BON = 206.86 mom = 706.86 210 mn S000 Race BGO = 1eR56CE ILE wom’ = 1. R564 HLT ‘ Bane = Amine = (706.86 110° JQ5O WIS) > 176 TISKION Poe 176-7 kN mes gle Plbaw y Pllee 2 (176.715 1107 (0,8) _(19GeTIS m1 0° Y(1-2) OTE Bas | E Bsc” (00x 78 10%)” Goon /o* Mia5ee4 x10" ) 1 B437S x) BESTS roa = S- WBdBIT = BIG mm Spe 316mm a Proprietary Material, ©2009 The MeGraw-Hll Companies, ie Alright rxcred No pat of hs Mans nay he displayed reproduced, or ited nny foro by any mess, without the pie walen permission ofthe publi, used Bey the limited dso teehee apd edcatrspemitd by MeGrawe Hil for ther ndvidalcoure preparation. Astalett ing th tana is using witout perms Problem 2.107 2407 Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions AC and BC, each with a cross-sectional area of 1750 mm?. Portion AC is matte of a mild steel with B = 200 GPa and ay = 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength stel with E=200 GPa and oy = 345 MPa. A load P is applied at Cas shown, Assuming a both steels to be elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is 100 10m gradually increased from zer0 to 975 kN and then reduced back to zero, (b) the ‘maximum stress in each postion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C. i Displecenest ab Cte case yiedding of AC an eS = lu Gym _ (0.190)gSom0) see A Gere bic Eyre = Ma = OTE! = 0.237515) m Coreespencing Fovee Fie = A Gite = (1750%15* )QS0 x10") ys2s viot N ~ _ eh? 2 a == EAS. = = Qe2xlo xk Lasonic N0.2375 15") «ys gxio N Fe ow equidibeiom of element at C 7 [eatP Fie -CRgtR)©O R= A. -Rg= 875 x10" N ea Since applied Doad P+ 97S KIO N > 8SxIOW, portion AC’ yiefale. Fog = Fae -— P= 487,5xI0'-975*10°N-= - 537.8 118M = ~ Fales, (537.5x10")(0.190) _ 3 (@) 8+ -Etre (este 0-170) = 0.29179 410" = O.272 mm home (e) Maximum stresses: Gag 7 Oyag © 250 MPa ~ = =a ioe LL * Pa See = fe +> ABEeet . - 307.10" P= 307 HP ©) DePection and Forces Fon unfoasing qe pean lea ict vet ; = By ape + Reig 7 7 P= 91Sxloo = Pl- Pay = QPL Pre = 487.5010" N +2 (487.5 x108 (0.140) = GoowrotyCTse ory TORCH HIF Im Spt S.- 8! = 0.277710 - O.2C4GIS® = 0.027151 = O.O2RT mm mt Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw Companies, Ine, Al righ ezrved. No ps of his Mu ‘ita any treo by any etn, witha the prior write permission of he publisher, owed bye land educators pomited by McGraw Hil or hr individual eure reparation, A stent wing this maa Suing without permission, Problem 2.108 2.108 For tho composite rod of Prob. 2.107, if P is gradually increased from zet0 until the deflection of point C reaches a maximum value of 3, ~ 0.03 mm end then decreased back to zero, determine, (a) the maximum value of P, (6) the ‘maximum stress in each portion of the tod, (c) the permanent deflection of C after the load is removed, 2.107 Rod AB consists of two eylindrical portions AC and BC, each with a ‘cross-sectional atea of 1750 mov’. Portion AC is made of a mild steel with £= 200 GPa and ay * 250 MPa, and portion CB is mado ofa high-strength steel with E=200 GPa and oy = 345 MPa. A load P is applied at Cas shown. Assuming both steels to be elastoplasti, determine (a) the maximum deflection of Cif P is 7 ‘gradually inereased from zero to 975 KN and then reduced back to zer0, (B) the ~ :maximusm stess in each portion ofthe rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C. I 190 00 Dispfecement at C is Sm= 0.0mm. The corvesponching straine are = & 0.30 mm 3 Exc = Tc 7 Taoon 7 18789 x10 2 ~ Se. _0.80mm __ Io"? Ecs= Tes oun * LS73BF IO Strains ot indie? yielding = Sete 2 2SDxIOe | + » De Eyae = Sit = BEDS 2 asm — Cyiedi Ge, 4S x1oe -* Eyes = Qe SESaIOE = 1, 725%105 Cebastic ) la) Forces: FX AGy = (750 «10S asexiot) = 437.6x10° Mv Fig = EAE = (200«10°)(1750 «io )(- 1.678410"): -552.6 10 For equifileion oF element at C, Fie- Feg- PO Pe Fe~ Feo 2 4825x104 562.6107 = 990.1 x 108N= 990 KN met &) Stresses? AC 6x = Sere = 250 MPQ ~« a CB Gy > Gn 2 SERCH. sie yok Pas -B16 MPa et mane Forces for unforading 1. Pactlue . Piles. tHE ete eagtet sit SEA tet Ra =~ Pe GE = Pa Pie Po- Pe = APL = a90.1KIO NM ~ Pls 4asoswiot N 1, UIS0Sx10) (0.190) erase 5 * Geo MONIES #10) = O.%BT4 ¥1O"* m = 0.26874 may Bp = Sm = SF 0.30 mm ~ O.26874 mm * 0.081 mm <_< Problem 2.109 2.109 Each cable has a cross-sectional area of 100 mm? and is made of an ‘lastoplastic material for which ay ~ 345 MPa and = 200 GPa. A force Q is “applied at C to the rigid bar ABC and is gradually increased from 0 to 50 kN and then reduced to zero. Knowing thatthe cables were intially taut, determine (a) ‘the maximum stress that occurs in cable BD, (6) the maximum deflection of point C, (6) the final displacement of point C. (Hint: In part c, cable CF isnot taut.) Elengetion constraints for davt cablec. Let 6 = votetion ough oF nig bar ARC = 3a. Se 7 Law Lae Seo Ft Sie = t See ay Equidibivve Ff bar ARC. 49M = O02 LinFaot Lac ie * bac @= 0 Qs Ret BYR = Rett Fe @) Assume cable CE is yielPed, Regs AG, (loos (24s uiot)= 34.5 «io N From (2, Fey = 2 (Q=- Fee) = QL sox 10*~ 24.54/0") = 31.04/07 N Since Fan € AG, = S4.Sx10N, cehbe BD is ehartic when Q>50 WN. 0) Moninum stresses. Gee = Oy = SHS MPa, Fy x10" : Soot G2 > BSHS = six’ Pa So * 310 MPa. at ©) Maino b dePDection Ff pict C. gs, - Faokeo , (41.0 «107 eee A (Zoo [57 leo x 10-*) Fon G) So= Se = 2Sep © 62x10" m C20 mm bm Permdinent efong = B.1xlo tm ion'of cable CE2 (Szq\p * (See — Stet Beat (Seo lne~ Bett = Seclun~ Slee = = 6.20«)0%~ B1SI0VE) - 2 a6 440° m ©) Drdoeding Cable CE is shack (Fize0) ot Q= 0. Fron (2), Fas 2(Q- Fee)= 2(0-0) » O Since cobfe BD remained efastre, Seo7 Fae ota = Problem 2.110 2.110 Solve Prob. 2.109, assuming that the cables are replaced by rods of the ‘same cross-sectional area and material. Further assume thatthe rods are braced so that they can carry compressive forces 2.109 Fach cable has a cross-sectional area of 100 mm? and is made of an ‘lastoplastic material for which oy = 345 MPa and £ = 200 GPa, A force Q is ‘eplied at C to the rigid bar ABC and is gradually increased from 0 fo 50 KN and then reduced to zero. Knowing that the cables were initially taut, determine (a) ‘the maximum stress that occurs in cable BD, (b) the maximum defietion of point G, e)the final displacement of point C. (Hint: In part c,eable CE isnot taut.) EPomgation constraints. let @ = vobehion augqde of yeni baw ABC. + Se. See Ota ite Seo TE Be =F Ser o Equidibeion Ff ber ABC, ADEM = Ot Law Feo + Lac Ree - Le QO Q= Fog + Ht Ba = Ra +d Fo @) Agsome cable CE is yiehted. Rye = AGy = (loons “Yadsw10%) = 34.5 x107 N From (a) Feo = 2(@-Fue)= (aSar/0*- 24.54J0") = BL.0¥10° N Since Fao < AG = 34.5x/0%N, cable BD is edastre whe Q=50 kW. 0) Veximun stresses Gee Ty = SHS MPa 3 < Seo = ce SLSe = Ziox10 Pa Geo > BIO MPa =e be) Mewimum dePectine o) peiat Gy ~ Fao bee . Ghoxoti(a)_— i Seo™ “BR = GooroNeoview) ~ SII ™ From () Be), See 2 25e0 = 6.2 KIO! mn pee a Unloading. — Q'= GOWN, Bee = Be Frei) See SL Elotie Fale EASe Boonton vor LOWES S08 5)! 1. EA 123 « x XS) _ eg! oe AS dy os (loa x1 5° XSE) _ Joy 10) s. Feo (2) Qs Fid+t thes = 12.5%10% Sf Equeting expeessions for Q’ [2.5%(0°S,' » 50x (07 Sie 4x1o om : i ee ergs ar airs (©) Eine? displecomnt. So = Gam Se = EQOA aries Rye Problem 2.111 2.111 Two tempered-steel bars, each 4.76 mm thick, are bonded to a 12,5.mm mild-stet bar. This composite ubjected as shown to a cen- tric axial Load of magnitude P. Both steels are elastoplastic with GPa and with yield strengths equal to 690 MPa and 345 MPa, resp forthe tempered and mild steel, The load P is gradually increased from zero until the deformation of the bar reaches 2 ma 016 mn and then decreased back to zero, Determine (a) the maximum value of P, (3) the maximum stress in the tempered-steel bars, (e) the permanent set after the load is removed, 255 a For the wild steel A, s(or0125)(o.050g ) = 635 x10 mw 6, = bSn lo3EE) es ot) Ee 200 X10 For the tempeced steed A,=2(0:00476)(o0508)=483 bx me Sv = Ais 355100) a5 O6IZK10 hn Bama. Tetsf area: A® AHA, = UigGHe ee Sa< Sm < Sw The mild: steeP yields. Tempered steel is elastic. (a) Forces, Py = A, By, 716354109) (345x104) = 2A-O75 KN, Ps EAS = (200X104) (A83-6x15° oroot ote) aise = 2768 EW, Pe Pt R =445-7 EN =< 0) Stresses Ge £ + Gy = 34k Wha = Ba 27680 Ht St Gh > dense = B72 MPA = Unloading giz BL , (44stoo) (0388) EA" Geoncly (bine) erTe7xi0) (C) Permanent set Sp = Sm- S's hole oT T = O82 24 mm FOL 2mm me Props Material. © 2009 The McGraw ght eseeved. No pt ofthis Manual mey be diplyed,epreduced oF ont or by any means, wl en of te publisher, or wel beyond he led dsuton to tach {nd educors pried by McGraw Il forthe invade cous preperation, A ace wing ds mal sig without pean, Problem 2.112 2412 Por the composite bar of Prob. 2.111, if P is gradually increased from zero 1 436 KN and then decreased back to zero, determine (a) the max- jmom deformation of the bar, (b) the maximum stress in the lempered-stee] bars, (@) the permanent set after the Toad is removed, 2441 Two tempered steel bars, each 4.76 mm thick, are bonded (0 2 12.5.mm mild-ste] bar. This composite bat is subjected as shown to a cen P_ Both steels are clastoplastic with = 200 47690 1.016 mm eof P, (6) the maximum stress in the tempered-stecl bars, (c) the permanent set after the load is removed, 6 Midd sheeP — A, =(0+0125) (0.0608) = 63Sxi0 me Tempered steeR Aa = 260 [ilouSorl-APibx1 Toth A= AAS = PR EKO orce to yield the mf steel Gy = - P= AGp, 2MiiPebnio®) (3argsd 238.59 kPa P> Py, Hercfure mild steel yields. het P,= force carted by waited stee! Pit Force carried by tempered sheet P= AVG, = (6516) (346K10°) =2IGQo7TT N Pith =P R= PHPe 436000~d1q070 > 216425 N = PL, (2602s) (0385) 2p rqeyisan 0-8 am (2) Sa BR, “Geomet aPE oe) TO MONE m= OF Bin Ss) wo 6 & 2 ORE 2 ag. x62 MPa, a PL , (436000 ) (0-358) <3 : fod in = O642K10M = oO Unfe 3 5 ER * Goons) CiuPexis*) x10 0 692 mm POT mm oa 0146 -0+642 = 6lOo4muy -_ Proprietary Meri. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, nc ll sights reserved, No part of hs Manual may be displayed, eprolace o Sys 2S0xlo’ = 310.6 107 O Oy = 804.89 v0 ~% Qy = (317.06 x10° (404.89 10%) = 255.2 %103 N @) Sime Q= 2604107 > Q,, Duk AD yiedde. Gy = 250 MPa me Pro AGS) = (225410 Vasoxto*) = 56.2510 N From Stoties, Poe= Qu 4125 Pao = 260 x10 - (4.125 \(5t.25 x10") Bae | 22.97 104 Ge. Bano”. 1a4.a riot Pq = NAHB MPa et Poe = 27.97 10° N Gee = = 621.53 K10% m Sgt O.622mm be Problem 2.114 2.114 Solve Prob. 2.113, knowing that ¢ = 1.76 m and that the mo tude of the force Q applied at 2 is gradually increased from 2et0 to 135 KN. 2.113 The rigid bar ABC is supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5 > ‘6mm rectangular cross section and made of a mill steel that is assumed to be clastoplastic with = 200 GPa and ay 250 MPa, ‘The magnitude of the force Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 260 KN. Knowing that a= 0.640 m, determine (a) the valuc of the normal stress in each Tink, (0) the maximum deflection of point EMe 20% 1.76 (Q~ Pg)-2.64 Py =O S,= 2640, Sg 1.78 0 A = (37.6 )(6} = 225 mm™ = 2A5ej07* m* Bee EA 5 = (2000 (ans x10") 5p = 2647 HO" S, 26.47 x10 vases) = 67.88 *[o* O Gio = ie = 310.6 x07 8 Por = fA Se = £00 10" ans io") Sq = 4SxIO Se = (4Sxi0* )UI.76 8) = 79.2%10% 6 Cee = ue = 3882x1016 From Stories, @> Pact PEE Re = Par + 1.500 Pro = [73.8 x08 +I, 500 } 28010) = 178.62¥/0% 6 Oy ot yiedling of Pink BE Gage = &y = 250 ¥IO* = 352rj0" Oy Oy = 710.23 xj0°% Qy = (178,62 «10% V0710. 23x10") = 126.86 ¥/07 N Since Q* 188x1*N > Q, fink BE yields Gg =.6,> 250 HPa =m Pee = AG, = (225x10) (250 «10£) = 56.25 x104 Ww From Statics, Pao * Tena (Q~ Pee) = 525x109 N = Pan 2 S25 x17 © nlot = a. Sap > Tees SASHO 5 293.8 x10) 233 MPa =m Fron elastic omely sis of AD, er to TSN. RTO * ad Sar 1.76 @ = 1. 322 «lot m Sez 1.322 mm i =e *2.,115 Solve Prob, 2.113, assuming thatthe magnitude of the foree Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 260 KN and then decreased back to zero Knowing that a = 0.640 m, determine (a) the residual stress in each link, (8) the final deflection of point B. Assume that the links are braced so that they ean carry compressive forces without buckling, 2.113 The rigid bar ABC's supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5 « 6-mnm reotangular cross section and made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and oy = 250 MPa. The magnitude of the force applied at B is gradually increased from zero 10 260 KN. Knowing that a= 6A mm, determine (2) the value of the poral sess in each link, (9) the maximum deflection of point B See solution te Frobsem 2.113 for the norma? stresses in each fink and the dePfection of powt B after toading Say = 250 #10" Pa Gee = 124.3 10% Pa Se = 621.53 xlo%m The elastic anatysis given in the solution to PROBLEM 2.113 appiies te the untoading Q’= 317.06%/0* 0° o' ==& = q260xIO gs 317.06 «16* ~ 317.06 wis® © 820.03 ¥/0" Gag = 310.6 10" 8 = (310.6 %107)(820,03 x10") = 254,701 Pa Sse = 128 «10" @ = (123x10")(g20,03«I10°) = 104.96%10" Pa Spi = 0.640 6’ = S24.82 x0 m (a) Residual stresses Chores = O10 ~ Sao F 250108 ~ 254.20 110 = = 4. 7OH106 Pa = -4.70 MPa —_= 19.34 ¥10% Pe Geers ® Soe- Gee = 124.3 10 - 104, 96 «10° 19.34 MPa aes G21.$3>10°° ~ 524. 82 10" (b) Sep = Se - Se a = 9.7) #10 mm = 0.0%? mab =e now Problem 2.116 2.116 _Auniform stel rod of cross-sectional area 4 is atached to supports and is unstressed at a temperature of 7°C, The steel is assumed to de elastopla ‘Oy = 250 MPa and E = 200GPa, Knowing that = 17 X 10"4/°C, determine the stress in the bar (a) when the tomper- ature is raised to 160°C, (b) after the temperature has returned to 7°C. Let P be the compressive fora in the vod. Determine tenpernture change to cause yielding. $= —fe+ tatr) = -Sby Later, = 0 7), - Se. 250x108 eee ipe OT, = Bt Tioayior) CIN Tere 06-8 2c Bot AT = f60~7 = IS3%C > (AT) 6) = 250mPq (AT) Yielding occurs. For AT > (AT), Pr R = Tsk N seu semo aoa Boone 7 7 'SOrIo™ Pe Se 7 ISO MPa ae Sz - Pee, Gig =-250 MPa — AT Yy portion AC remains efastic. = Brn Sem eRe + Lae (AT) (CIsxto* (0.150) -« o pose crea lor CCS I. = x1 (oon to \(Soox10) (0.150) (uate Was) = 106.9 «18 Since point Ais stationary, Sat Seat 106.9x10"° m Sez OCCT mm = Problem 2.118 “2.118 Solve Prob. 2.117, assu 150 °C and then returned fo 25° ‘hat the temperature of the rod is raised to 500 2.117 The steel rod ABC is attached to rigid supports and is unstressed al 2 temperature of 25°C. The steel is J elastoplastic, with E= 200 GPa and = 250 MPa, The temperature of both portions of the rod is then raised to 150 "C.- Knowing that @ = 7 = 10°C, determine (a) theses in bth portions ofthe od (the dlestio of point Ay = 500 %10° wn* Lye = O.1SO me Ags 200010 m™ Lgy = 0-250 6 Constvaint? Sp + Sp = 0 FB Detevvnine AT fo cause yiePling in porhion CB. ? ke ~ ge - Elee = te otary (Hes Re = P= AgSy = Gooxto Wagoxiot) = 1S1o°N Lae bea (is + 33) aa TS x10 2.150 © (0.400)(200x107V(11.7 «10°*) \ S08xio~* 0. BIA EE Aetuel AT: 150°C-as°a = 125°C > (ATL For AT > (AT), PsP = 75% N x edding occurs. A © 8 Cook TY = Coalinga = 125°C ol eee pie —Bbmct tart Rt Loni on 21) = 103.435 x10 Geovio® + Gooe io Residual force? Ree= Po R= 103.235 a0 15x10° = 28.235*/0"N (tension) é = Pees 2R2ISH/O% @) Lesidvel stresses. Gygz Fas - BRISENION 2 Gigs fists BBB B.2382)0 6ig= J.) MPa a (bi Permanent defPection oF point C, SF ee Se= 0.0424 mm > —< Gra? 565 MPa B= Pete. = = 123,383 10% Pa, Un Pocd ing Sa ast (lias) Leas = Fhe ER Ae A = 307.273%10" 8 Pig = Pl-F = 302.273xl0°- S20% Jo = - 212.7271 N ’ 07.273 +10? )(0.180 7 gi + {807.873 x10" \o.180) 0.230455 115° mm he BO" 5 286.061 410" Pa og Bee stately? «rp anariet? CA) Sep = So- SeF 0.259383 x/08- 0,2304SSxIT* = 0.00788 x10" ms = 0.00788 mm =e ) Gens ® = 2S0¥10"~ 256.0611" = = 6.06x/0*Pa -6.06 MPa —_ Caen * Sage Ged = 198288 vio" + 177.273 «10S = = 6.06 x10 = 6.06 MPa =m Problem 2.121 *2.121 For the composite bar of Prob, 2.111, determine the residual stresses in the tempered-steel bars if P is gradually increased from 2e10 to 436 [KN aid then decreased back to ze. 2.111 Two tempered:stet bars, each 4.76 mm thick, are bonded to a 12,5-mm mild-sieel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a cen- trie axial load of magnitude P. Both stecls are elastoplastic with E = 200 sm strengtis equal {0 690 MPa and 345 MPa, respectively, 16 00m for the terupered and mild steel The load P is gradually increased from z2r0 < until the deformation of the bar reaches 2 maximum value 3, = LOL6 mm ‘and then decreased hack to zero. Determine (a) the maximum value of P, () the maximum stress in the tempered-seel bars, (c) the permanent set after the Toad is removed, Avees ? Mild steed — Ayz (010125) (00508) = 635x199 Ine Tempered steed Ayr L2yoo4rsloomAl=4P2-5x/0m Tota? A= AHA, © BG Kroome Total force te yield the mild cheed 6 = BE B= Abin slb bn N545Ne) = 285, 91TEA, P> Pes therefore mild steed yiebels Let Pos force cared by midd steed Bt force carried by tempered stee? P= A, 6, + (63Sx0F) 340 810°) = 319,075 LY ReReP , Re PR 436«i- s1707 xjo"= 17 EN, o,= & . “uct . ma . SRL © 4826x108 ated : +. PL Ap6n108 UnSoaslin =a = 2 Mfc a 2 SOR Tien eA : Residual stresses mild steeP — Sing = 5, - S' = BUSMPa-BRAE Ia = — 44 F MPa, Tempered chee — Gey = Gy- OF = 44 R67 — BED = £89 Mpa, ~ Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-Hil Companies, Ine Alright reserved. No part ofthis Mane may be diplayed epoca, o ‘sate in any form of by any means, without the per waten prison of the plist, or used beyond tinted dsibsion fo enchers ‘sd edcatrsprnted by McGraw for Uhiindiveal course preparation A tudca sing hs aa using without persion 72.122. For the composite bar in Prob. 2.111, defermine the residual Problem 2.122 stresses in the tempered-stet bars if P ig gradually inereased from zero until the deformation ofthe bar reaches a maximum value 6,,~ 10 mam and is then Accreased back to 2 16sec He aluminum bar wilh most Akety yield in compression. minum rod ABC (E = 70 GPa), which consists of two ws AB and BC, is to be replaced with a eylindr Problem 2.124 Of the stel rod if its vertical deformation is not t0 exceed ton of the aluminum rod under the same foad and if the allowable ‘steel red is not to exceed 165 MPa, nok hows Deformation of aluminum nod Py Ple _ P/lis , bi > Fh, Phe PB (Lie , Lee Se? Ree Thee 7 ECGS + GE) ~ Hox? on 4s 3 Fowiet (FT pocanp t Kjoasap) =OreB3ni0 Steed ved S 200683 Kom, 7 lox) (0-78) —b 2 s- LE 2 ps PL, _MWowd)lors) _ pe! FA ES *(eoxio"yloceauaty Cote eos ~ PL tone _ a e=7 - A € lesnee® =O b67XIO a Requined area is He Ranger valve A= 0: 667K 2m ade [2 : newer ns = 01024 = 24mm ~= terial, ©2009 The MeGraw-Hl Companies, ne All sighs reserved. No arto his Manta may be displayed, eprodeed or te peor writen persion af he publisher, ce ued beyond the ited dsnbution wo act ir individual couse pepaaion, A tien using tis anal using i itt persion, form or by any means, i 2.128 The brass strip AU has been attached to a fixed support at 4 and rests on a Problem 2.125 rough support al B. Knowing that the coefficient of friction is 0,60 between the stip andthe support at B detenne the decrease i eperatre fr whieh siping will we iPM. Bet Fears 100g oom 6 ey ‘Shan 20 en Ka OVS) = COmn? = SOKIO* a ms 100 kg ge tBlw/s* E> los eiot Py (9.62\C100) (4.81) ape CoerteoNsB1) . = Tosmio*Yeouta*\gowtoey 7 HEPC Problem 2.126 2.426 Two soli cylindrical sods ae joined at B and losded a8 shown. 0 GPa) and vod BC of brass (= 105 GPa). Rod AB is made of steel Determine (a) the total deformation of the composite red ABC, (b) the deflee- tion of point 2. nash 7 (oie Portion ABL Pyg=!7P RN Lage Ln asSomm. : ye = Fd? EL Gor) =0-001463 m> Ey = 200 GPa Prk, Ce nid)O) ay 3, = Probes, Ore) __p,. o fee fs See Beka” Gooxio")(eoogeay fom NOM aa 50 mm Portion BOT Pag = -@BEN Lee 0:75m., d= 15mm PeEECErA Dect Fat = Beers} o00442m? Fact 05 GPa ; p= aTsAN Secs Peckes -_CP8NO) O75) 4 sqz yi m Ee Ay ~ CoSxto")(0- 00442) @) B= Su t See FOE = 0-142 = 01309 mm 55 030mm <8 (b) Se = - Se Seto 142mm — sds aceosssectional ‘GPs and asa eros force. P. that ean. be applied vertically at point A if the deflection of A is not to exceed 0.35 mm, Problem 2.127 Use member ABC as a tree body P DIM, = 0, 350P-225 Fe = DZMy-0 SP Shy, 0, Reg 7 0.5556 P = Syq 2 Frohne | Musser) (0225) ya seas? fe BsAeo ~ CoS xi) @Bexe 6) 1B-3334KI0 PY Se = Bex Feber. £080). req ei) PA Eee (72109) (420 K10"°) From the deformation diagram Sat& _ 16-10sexie™ P a * 4 = Torb4 16 IO" P ©, Fen= 1.9556 P 125 wm Deformation Diagram Sa = Sa + MgO WF = (363334 q54 P + (0-125) (Jobxio ) P =22-1 004 P Apply dispfacenent Pimit S, + 060635 = 22-17 K10'P = 18-787 EN. = 8-79 EN —_= 22617 x16 Proprietary Material © 3009 The MeGraw-Hl Companies, ne ll sighs reserved. No par of his Manu may be displayed, repre or isnt in any for or by any means, without the pio wnten permssen oF he pulser or sed beyond the ned ditto to echers an educators permed by MeGraw-tl forts idividal couse peparton A sladen wing ths aps swing who persion Problem 2.128 2.128 A 250-mm-long aluminum tube (£ ~ 70 GPa) of 36-mm outer diameter and 28.mm inner diameter may be closed at both ends by means of single-threaded Sime 28 ‘sorew-on covers of 1.S-mm pitch. With one cover serewed on tight, a solid brass rod (E = 105 GPa) of 25-mm diameter is placed inside the tube and the second ‘cover is screwed on. Since the red is slighily longer than the tube, it is observed ‘that the cover must be forced against the rod by rotating it one-quarter of a turn fore it can be lightly closed. Determine (a) the average noma stress in the tube and in the rod, (b) the deformations ofthe tube and of the red. I 20mm Reve = BCE AE) = Fast = 28") = 402.12 wa = HORIRHIC® me And = Gah = ESS = 490,87 mm™ = 490.87 210° we > PL. _Ploaso) 4 Shate = EAne ~ (oxi? 402.12 xo 8.8815 X10" P Spa we =P (0.250) ren Et And (1S «10° (490,371) 4.3505 10" P St = (Fen) 1S mm = 0.875 mm = B7SK1O™ om Steet H argey iHa the ceerte ye B.8815 x10" P + 4.9505xI0"P = 375 xjO~* a 0.815 ¥1o+ eH 2 P= Gasise waseryCom) © 2730810, N 2 @) Gie* e = ARBOR IO”. 6724 Wlo* Pa = 67.9 MPa - 55.6 MPa ~ e . LY Speke = (8 BBIS KIT™ICQTBOBHIS) = 24Z.SHIOm = O.242T mm Spat 2 ~ 4.8805 x 1077 (27.308 6 I”) VBR. Sw 10" mm =-O.1325 mm Propectary Matetal, © 2009 The MeGraweItil Companles, Ic, Alright reserved. No prof this Manual maybe deplined repretced, ot ) = TIBIA. “ We) 8 0-4 & = (04) (H976x19?) = TB KO? = = 11h mm tt Companies, ne llrightsreserved. No pr ofthis Manel maybe displayed roprodueed oF “nhout the pig witen permission ofthe publisher, or wsdl boyond he Hated dstibtion teachers infor thei individual course prepattion. A stdeat sing ts mera isusing it without pension, Proprictary Matera. © 2009 The Astrea foro by sy mc td educator pomited by McGraw Proprietary Problem 2.131 compressive Force im the six stee? rods equals Pe. eee eee ee ore Strains? Gs PR a eCATY | = oh +O (AT) atehing ! - mim = - Mateh 4 a: & ae 4 & (AT) Et Oe (AT) EA. BR) R = %&-% VAT) 2AB1 The concrete post (Ee =25 GPaand stee! bars, each of 22-mm diameter (&, =9.9 104°C) is reinforced with six 200 GPa and a, = 11.7 « 10°7°C) Determine the nocmal stresses induced in the stecl and in the concrete by & temperature rise of 35°C. Ap= 6 FH - Ac = 2t0%~ GE (22) = 2.280810 mm 2 22808 115 * om Is = 240" Z.2B0BK/0" = SS. BR x1O% mm SS.B2 21073 m* Left Fe = tensile fivce deve hoped? in the conevete For equilibeium with zero feted force, the ' Gena KeeaaMST) * (eo G ROBO) [ Be G80 Mas) 21.6! x Jo* N 0.391 *10% Pa, 0,391 MPa = 2.47 «10° Pa 9.47 MPa, without the prior witen permission ofthe publisher, or used beyond the limited dsbution to teachers hy McGraw or thelr inva course preparation. A student sing his maul isi without pesson. Problem 2.132 150 a »| [se smal? qa dyk 2.182. A vibration isolation unit consists of two blocks of hard rubber with ‘a modulus of rigidity G = 19 MPa bonded to a plate AP and so rigid supports as shown, Denoting by P the magnitude of the force applied to the plate and by & the corresponding deflection, determine the effective spring. constant, k= P/8, of the system. Sheabing stain Te Shearing stress -¥= GY gs Force P= Ax = GAS p= 26A8 Effective spaing constant - PB. 2GA Asani Detat Gr j9mh A= (0015 (01) = 0.015 me he Bomm _ 29 xret (0015) = 149.4 k= oo =lIN/ in. ~ Problem 2.133 Wom A 2.133 Knowing that oui 120 MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of the cenitie axial load P, At hele At ve $0) = 10 me d= D-2r = 100- 20 = 80m Aggy © dt = L80KIS) = 1200 wet = 1200/07 ps From Fig. 2.640, K= 2.65 = (ido 10° )(120 x108) ee = S437 NV At hole Bt w= 5 l50)= 25mm = 100-50 = SO mm Ant = (50 )Us Movable valse 3 P is the smadfer, Ss Sox wm, 4 =28-0.50, K= 216 a 50 = 47 «10% N Pe 4tION © UL kN 197510 W portion AQ! ycefelen ? Fig = Fae — P= BUS ™IO' “16254 10°N-= ~ 887.5 1M (a) 8, = - Baber. (297.5 10-229) 0, 43/26 x10" m 3107 (1450 * 1%) = O48 mm = Mavimoe stresses. Gic? Oy ae = 250 MPa Fi 2 < = Eee .~ $82.8%10? 2 ae. See he 7 Geeovio® 7 300, 81¥10" Pa, = - 301 MPa GY DeTection and Forces for unfoading « a! di ‘ z . cL ‘ Si= Beue = - Male 2 ps ALTE = - P= 625vlo° = Pl Py = 2P Pal = 812.5 %10° N (tea 10" G45 x10) = 0.4406 8x/o m Sp = Sn 8! = 0.43196 x08 = O.4H0E8xIS* = 0,0406B KIC Permanent dePfection of C Sp = 0.0407: mm ¥ met 2.435 'he form od Cha a crosses arn and is made ofa mild te Problem 2,135 which can be assumed to be elastoplastic with a modulus of elasti Yn seengh oy Using the bloc-an-spring system shown, 1 Simulate the defeton of end ofthe oda he nal force Prada tnd removed tht the defection of oils Cand C shoul be he sane fe all fata of Denti by the event of ton Berean ihe lock the ovina ufoce, derive an expreton fr () the reuied mas ofthe Hock, (Byte required constant kote ing Re Nee etd ~ diagean For pest C af roel BC, 04 For Pe Pe = AGy = Bb - 5A Sects SS ER reek Fe Pr 2 Pe AG, N Force dePection diagram For point Clef block and spring system. ATER, TO: N=mg so Ne mg BER TOF PAR Oo | Ps Fe IF Weel does not move, ne Fr < WN F pm oe PS ama He sie Bow Pe ks! IF P= wma , then ship at P= Fa = yma occurs, TH the force P is the removed, the spring returns fo rts inttiad feagth. @ Equeting Pr end Free , AG = mg m= AGe = 4G (8) Equeting sheopes, k= FA =~ 2.1 A rod consisting of m elements, each of which is homogeneous and of uniform cross section, is subjected tothe loading shown, The length of element tement » Blement {is denoted by Zits cross-sectional area by 4,, modulus of elasticity by Band the load applied to its right end by P,, the magnitude P, ofthis load being assumed to be postive if P, is directed to the right and negative otherwise, (a) ‘Write a computer program that can be used to determine the average normal siress in each element, the deformation of each element, and the total {deformation of the rod. (b) Use this program to solve Probs, 2.20 and 2.126. PROBLEM 2.C1 SOLUTION FOR EACH ELEMENT, ENTER Li, AG, Fe COMPUTE DEFORMATION UPPATE AXIAL LOAD) P=P+P; COMPUTE FOR EACH ELEMENT = P/AC SG = PLA: E; TOTAL DEFORMATION: UPDATE THROUGH n ELEMENTS 52648 PROGRAM OUTPUT Problem 2.20 Bloment Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm) 1 19.0986 +1091 2-12-7324 0909 Total Deformation = 0182 mn Problem 2.126 Elenent Stress (MPa) Deformation (mn} 2 90.6775 0.4534 2 -191 9095, 0.1422 Total Deformation = 0.3112 PROBLEM 2.02 2.C2 Rod AB is horizontal with both ends fixed; it consists of n elements, each ‘of which is homogeneous and of uniform cross section, and is subjected to the loading shown. The length of element His denoted by F, ilseross-seetional area by 4, its modulus of elasticity by F;, and the load applied to its right end by P, the magnitude P, of this toad being assumed tobe postive iP, is directed to the right and negative otherwise. (Note that P; = 0.) (a) Write a computer program which can be used to determine the reactions atA and B, the average ‘normal stress in each element, and the deformation of each element. (6) Use ‘his program (o solve Probs. 2.41 and 2.42. leant Bleypent SOLUTION WE CONSIDER THE REACTION AT B REDUNDANT AND RELEASE THE ROD AT B Compute Sp WITH Re =O FoR EACH ELEMENT, ENTER be Bay Fe UPDATE AXIAL Loan p=PrP; COMPUTE FOR EACH ELEMENT m= P/M 6 = PL ACE; UPDATE TOTAL DEFORMATION be Fe t 5 COMPUTE §, DUE TO UNIT LeAD AT B unity = If Re uit §; = bi fAcEe UPDATE TOTAL UNIT DEFORMATION UNIT gg = UNITS, HUMIT Sp SUPER POSITION POR TOTAL DISPLACEMENT AT B= 2EP0 5, + Eg lnir by oO SOLVING: Pee Sn / Mt Sp CONTINUED PROBLEM 2.C2 CONTINUED Proprietary Materia. © 2009 The MeGrav FOR EACH ELEMENT T § PROGRAM OUTPUT o; + Rg unit » + Rp unt & Problem 2.41 RA = 62.809 kW RBS -37.191 kW Element Stes (MPa) Deformation (nm) a 52.615 ~-08011 2 31974 fo0378 3 21235 Tooiae 4 43.982 loaaaa Problem 2.42 RA = 45.479 kw RB = 541521 kN Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm) 1 -77.131 -.03857 2 ~20.542 ~101027 3 111555, Ser bj bp QUE TO UNIT LOAD AT B uit & = Li/ Ac Ee UPDATE TOTAL UNIT DEFORMATION unit Sp = UNIT Fy + UNIT 5 COMPUTE REACTIONS FROM Su POSITION Re = (4, -4,)/unt Se THe Rz- Re FOR EACH ELEMENT CONTINUED PROBLEM 2.C3 CONTINUED “PROGRAM OUTPUT Problem 2.51 R= 125.628 kN Blement Stress (Pa) 1 ~44.432 2 991972 Problem 2.59 R= 172.65 kN Element Stress (MPa) 1 -115.223 2 ~96.019 Peoblem 2.60 R= 232.390 kw ement Stress (MPa) 1 =116.195 2 =290.487 Deform. (microm) -500 ~!500 Deform. (mm) Deform. (microm) 363.220 135.780 Proprictary Material © 2009 The MeGraw-Ill Companies, In, Alrighiseerved. No pst ofthis Manual may be dpsed, reprdcod, o¢ Astnbted nay fom or by any sears, without be pi writen permission of the pedis oF uel heyend the Hnted distant eaehers ta locators perited ty MeGianrH il for hel inva course preparation. A stalet using Is rar ws wilt perma, PROBLEM 2.C4 2.C4 Bar 4B has «length L and is made of two different materials of given cross-sectional area, modulus of elasticity, and yield strength. The bar is ‘subjected as shown toa lead P which is gradually increased from zero until the deformation of the bar has reached a maximum value Jy decreased back to zero, (a) Write 2 computer program which, foreach of 25, values of éy equally spaced over a range extending from 0 (0a value equal to 120% of the deformation causing both materials to yield, can be used to determine the maximum value Pr ofthe load, the maximum normal stress in each material, the permanent deformation 3, of the bar, and the residual stress in each material, (5) Use this program to solve Probs. 2.11 i, and 2.112. Au Bhs SOLUTION NoTE: THE FOLLOWING ASSUMES (%,) <(t), DISPLACEMENT INCREMENT Spy = 0:95 (Oy), L/ En DISPLACEMEWTS AT YIELOING 5 = Oy) Lf Er Sy = (0), L/ Fe FOR EACH DISPLACEMENT 1 bm < GE g, = Sm g/t Ge Fy Efe P 2 0 (SSLAE, + AF } IE 5, < 6m Gi q = (Ty), 2 = Sim Ea/t Byatt (Sn/t) Ares IF Sm > Op? G = ly), Tp = (ye Pm2 AT, tA, 0, PERMANENT DEFORNATIONS y RESIDUAL STRESSES SLOPE OF First (ELASTIC) SEGMENT SLOPE = (A,E, 4 Ar Ey Vb dp> 5m = (Pm/ SLOPE ) (Cres = - (E, Pm /(L store )) (res GO (E,Px f(t store )) % Son CONTINUED Fr 1 1 L-SLOPE 1 PROBLEM 2.C4 CONTINUED PROGRAM TP Problens 2.109 and 2.110 DM Pm Sigma) Sigma) dP Si6gu) SiGe mm kN MPa MiP nm Mee ae ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 0368 233571 2eheee 20RGeo ° ° ° 69746 43br0v0 348000 44RE2 ovo -4HB492 S9.5RO 4 Pato fore AGSPRS 44S0v9 $720298 O2249 -9RSb0 129-835 4 P2-107 DET! ESb000 3¥S000 Too-o0o $43 -I80-24G [19305 Proprietary Materia. ©2009 The MeGraw-Hil Companies, Ine. Alright reerved. No par ofthis Manny be displayed, rds. oF iba in eny form or by ay mein, witht the peor wnten pemision ofthe pulser, cr sed beyond the hed dseaton to races a educators permed by MeGraw-Fhil fr ter invideal couse preparation, A student wing this marual is sig i without permission, 2.C5 The plate has a hole coatered across the width, fnoeren 2c centration Factor fora flat ar under asia Kong wi ‘The stress con. peas40—213(%) 030 where ris the radius oF the Hele snd D is the wich of the har. Write a com- ppter program to deter owable load P for the given values of 7, D, the thickness ¢of the ‘allowable stess oy of the material. Know: ing that r= 6 mm, D andy = 110 MPa, det allowable load P for values of # from 3 mam to 1X'mm, using 3 mon increments SOLUTION ENTER r,t) tu COMPUTE K Rb = 2.0 v/D K = 3.00 -3.13 RD + 9.66 RD=1.53 RD° COMPUTE AVERAGE STRESS Fave = Con/K ALLOWABLE LOAD P= Taye (D-2.0r) t ow PROGRAM OUTPUT Radius Allowable Load (0s) oan) 3 16.405 6 16,023, 9 15.368 2 14/391 45 13.165 1 al7an Proprictary Matera. € 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, In, Allright rererved. No part of the Manual may be displayed eprodeced, or Aistbred in any form or by any mses, wot the pie wet prin ofthe pblshr, or wkd yond the ined dbo fo eshere ‘ta edcstons permed by McGraw Hil for the ndiidusl courte preparation. Astudont sing ths mua using it without persion 2.6 A solid truncated cone is subjected to an axial force P as shown. The ‘exact elongation is (PL)/(2"E). By replacing the cone by n circular exlinders ‘of equal thickness, write a computer program that ean be used to caleulate the elongation of the iruncated cone. What is the percentage error in the answer obtained from the program using (a) n= 6, (8) n= 12, (c) n~ 60, PROBLEM 2.06 SOLUTION FOR ¢=1 TO nt p= (itos)(L/n) rp = 2c - 6 (Li/t) AREA: a Aer, DISPLACEMENT : Ge &+ PlL/n)/(ae) EXACT DISPLACEMENT: 2 Sianer ® PL/(z.07c'e) PERCENTAGE ERROR? PERCENT = 100( 5 - beynez)/ Serer PROGRAM QUTPUT a Approximate Bxact Percent ‘ 0.15052 0.15915 ~.40083 2 0.15899 0115915 10100 60 0.15515, 0115915 ~Lo0405 Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeCra tht Companies, ne Allright reserved. No pr ofthis Manual maybe dplaysd, epodced or bed in ny fo or by any pans, thet the prot write permission ofthe pubisber, Fused beyond the Inte drain o teachers au edueters permed by MeGraw-Hil thei indivival ese preparation. A teen! usieg his tua exit withoat permission Chapter 3 Problem 3.1 34 For the cylindrical shaft shown, determine the maximum shearing stress ‘caused by a torque of magnitude 7 1.54N -m. Ber qe = AMY = 29.082 v108 z aor Tang = 89,7 MPa et Problem 3.2 22 mt 3.2 Determine the torque T that causes a maximum shearing stess of 80 MPa in the stcel cylindrical shaft shown, Tur Fe T= Get Ts Bete = F(o.o2a)(eoxiot) = 1338.1 Nem Te 8B. BKN Im ad e si Problem 3.3 Propeetary Mateta. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Comp dirbated in any form o by aay means, witout the pri ‘ad ecators permite by MeGraw Hil for tee individ! couse peeparton. Assent sing this mana swing it without persion, 8.3 Knowing that the intemal diameter of the hollow shaft shown is d= 22 mam, determine the maximum shearing stress caused by a torque of magnitude 7'= 900 N= C, = 4d=(4\40) 20mm c= kA = A)Gz)= 0 mm Te Eleyt~ c= E (eo 1") = 220327 mm! = Te ~_@od(ooz) _ Tone = J ghia 00 nme CHa0zm Ine. Allright reserved. No past of hs Manual may be displayed, reproduesd or exmission of the pulser or used Beyond the limied dito owas, Problem 3.4 3.4 Knowing that d = 30 mm, determine the torque T that causes a max- imum shearing stress of 52 MPa in the hollow shaft shown, g2 bo =(4Y(40) 220 mm © 00am C= te, = CE)(30) = 1 mm T= E(C- 6") = Efzo-is") = 171806 mm uw =< “oo Tomar = FF oe - Te Tex = Wriges xi") Gaxre Pe air Aca 3.5 (a) Determine the torque that can be applied to a solid shaft of 20-mm Problem 3.5 diameter without exceeding an allowable shearing stress of 80 MPa. (b) Solve part g, assuming that the solid shaft has been replaced by a hollow shaft of the same cross-sectional area and with an inner diameter equal to half ofits own outer diameter. (2) Sofid shaft: chad = £(0,020) = 0.010m Te Fel = Floio)t = (5.10890 %/077 mt 1 “ T= Thee _ lis. roponto)(sexl0*) «ine gey Te 125.7 Nem oe © 0.010 (bo) HofRow shaft = Same arta as sobid shaft. A= uc?) = Le day] = gues = 1e® = $e = 2@.010) > be, = 0,0057735 m 0.011SH7O m T= Flet-6")= E(o.01si70’- 0.0057735")= 26.180 x10? mn" T= Beet. (Bonto(26.190 810) igyeg T= 18).4 Nema 0. 0nSsi7e Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, as. lights eerved. No part ofthis Meal inay be displayed, reproduced, or 1S = ISHIO = wor me ce = CSn0) mia Fee 10") es ast MPa. Bee et oe eee eeay @) t= Be Te Bh. Den Te = Eisx 107 (a5. 36 8010%) = 187.5 Nem 182.5) Fax took = ei Burp HOO) 6.25% = Proprictary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-it Compani Aitnbted in any form o by any mean, who he prior’ Ine. Allsghts reserved. No part of this Manual may be played, reproduce, of ton perms of the pobliter, or wed bayond th ited dstbuton to lechert. td educators permit by MeGrew-Hil for ther individu course peparton. A suden ose th anal sig it without peemission. Problem 3.7 8.7 The solid spindle AP is macle of a steel with an allowable shearing stress of 84 MPa, and sleeve CD ig made of a brass with an allowable shear ing stress of 50 MPs. Determine (a) the largest torque T that ean be applied aL A ifthe allowable shearing sues is not co be exceeded in sleeve CD. () the corresponding required value of the diameter d, of spindle AB. @ Sheeve CO! Cea FECTS) = 37S mm Qs C-b e3as- G © 3nShm Sa eee I= Flot ef) = Teoris' vnc E1SE Kio Sut Tras Toa. xe (-Sbu10°) (sex) = She , ble SPH) Ss poko Tee = =a oosIe ferdietui fee Ts uohty ae (6) Sofiol spindle AB + T = 2080 Nhety, -~ Te. 20 i we? JT eee = 3/@OGRS a Ee e-V2s eos y = 02S m = 2o mm d,= 2 = BOT) d,= Summ am Problem 3.8 3.8 "The solid spindle AB has a diameter d= 38 mov and is made of a stoc! with an allowable shearing sess of 84 MPa, while sleeve CD is made of 4 brass with an allowable shearing stress of SO MPa, Determine the largest torque’ that can he applied at A Solid spindle ABE eddy = $(3H)= [Imm J = Fel = E@oits 204-7 X10" 10mm Laos ® Ts 4 = Tre = The. Go Die BON. G05 Nm, 200 Steeve CD: C,-4d, = KIEV = 37-Smm, C= G-b = 375-6 = BbS mm Te EEL CN) = F(ovosst~ otis) = 1-56 110 Oat Tas Tit 1S n15" ) (Cond) te pee Atowable valse BF torque T ic the smebfer, Te oP kN GS AT .01s > . = 56,588 %/0° Po = 56.6 MPa ShoPt BC: Tye = 300+400 = 700 Nem = 0,046m c= 0.73 wy = LS = BT , _@N700) " a Toy a Tes © 70.025 > 36.626 10% Pa = 36.6 MPa The Dargest stress (56.588%/0" Pa) occurs In portion AB Reduce the diameter oP BC +s provide He same stress Tee = 700 Nem Toe = EE = 25 cee BT , areo) = 7, 828x107 Wey 1 (S6.58Bx0%) ~ © = 1989S x15" m d= dc = 39.79 x10 %m 21.8 mnt Problem 3.11 3.11 Under normal operating conditions, the electric motor exerts a torque of 2.8 KN + m on shaft AB, Knowing that each shaft is solid, determine the maximum: shearing stress in (a) shaft AB, (b) shall BC, (e) shaft CD. Tam VAAN ow sen pment (Al; fm 0st ar : Cel. ce (a) ShePt ABs Thos 2.8kN-m = 2.¢xsoh Nem, Yee TS 2 BT, (Aa Bx10*) : ra ie Gaia “= B1.20x10* Pe, Tog? 81.2 MPa. <8 (oY SheFt BC Ta = 14 Wem = LY tot Note °) Fe = DUO) Gu a7 riot Pa Tact O15 MPa, "Te = FG () Shaft COL Teg OS kNem = O.5%i0 Nem, ye. BTL M0510") Too = Cekd > 28mm = 0,028 m gels RY mm = 0.024 wm certs Umm = 0.024 m Fe RGSS T7803 110° Pe Ton = 23, OM Pa, <8 3.12 In order to reduce the total mass ofthe assembly of Prob 3.11, a new design Problem 3.12 ‘is being considered in which the diameter of shaft BC will be smaller, Determine the smallest diameter of shat BC for which the maximurn vse ofthe shearing stress inthe assembly wil not be increased See the selrtion to Problem 3.UL for Figure and for maximum sheovine stresses in shafts AB, BO, and CD. The Paogest shearing occurs in heft AB. Ths magnitude is 8/2 MP. Adjvet te oliameter of shot Be 2 so Het its maximum shearing Stress is 81,2 MPa, Tae * 8124108 Pa. Tac 1410 Nem = RRABWIO m= BAAR mee a= 2c = 444mm xt 3.13 “The torques show are exerted on pulleys 4, B, and C. Knowing that both shafts Problem 3.13 ae solid, determine the maximum shearing stress in (a) sha AB, (6) shaft BC. man (a) Shot ABE T= 400 Nem aR eskd = £O.080)= 0.015 m ZN Te 2 200m Te Het Tone T Fes Tha = AMH22) 98,5 x10* Fo. we” Sy fo.015)* Bows TSS MPa, WON 50.00 \ ‘ (b) ShePt BE: T= 300 Nem c= td = 0.020m QT , AX 800) _ 6s. 7x0" Pa Tome ™ ed * HF .0I0F Cong = 62.7 MPa, et 3.14 The shafts ofthe pulley assembly shown aretobe redesigned. Knowing thatthe ‘allowable shearing stress in each shaft is 6O MPa, determine the smallest allowable Problem 3.14 diameter of (a) shaft AB, (6) shaft BC. Are (a) Shaft AB: T= 400 New ER Lnue = GO MPa. = GOXIO* Fe TeBet tar Ee ar en Se f ego coe CF Vee” Varlcowiory = IGA YIO™ my = 16.19 mm dhe= 20 = 32H mm MUX 30,00 I (6) Shaft BC? - T= 800 Nem Lou = 6OMP2 = 60x10 Fo, ox [RE = [RNG20) Tes Yow (eo xo) = 20.40 x10 m = 20.40 mn dge= 2c = YO.B mm reproduced of Proprietary Material, ©2008 The McGraw-Hill Companies, ae Al sight reserved. No part of his Manel maybe displayed, ih! he prio wren poremision ofthe publsher, or used beyond the Tinted distention to ears dsributed in sty frm by any meas, til edcaars ponaited by Metal fr Ut individual cours prparton, A staden axing ths mana suing t without porision 3.15 The allowable shearing stress is 100 MPs in the stoe! rod 4B and 60 MPa in the ‘brass rod BC. Knowing that torque of magnitude T= 900 N- mis applied at A and neglecting the effect of stress concentrations determine the required diameter of(a)rod AB, (6) rod. BC. eel tie 2S =U! = 2/aT Toe Fry TRC, = fe Brass Shdt AB! Tip = 100 MPa 100 «10% Pa (Bias _ 5%, Cm saaeTy = IE BTHIC m= 17894 mm <4 dhe 20. = 35.8 mm te. 26 Tn mee The = 10 xm 2) Shab} AB? ce [OPEN | 610306 im = 2O.bmm w@ s : ae 57 ‘ diet Re 66 200m s e) She CD? = of AGPN s or0225 mm 2 27 mem digs Rez 4S tem at Problem 3.22 3,22 A torgue of magnitude 1’ ~ 900 N+ m is applied at D as shown, Knowing that the diameter of shaft AB is 60 mm and that the diameter of shaft CD is 45 mm, determine the maximum shearing stress in (a) shaft AB, () shatt CD. Tet TOON in % Tae Ben Bet sone > (a) Shaft AB: c= kdy = Zomm 4 ui Natt So) Cone TE = BE : y ree nay = GL2250) = $3.05 Wh Fi (o:03)3 (b) ShePt CD: c= td, = 22Smm Be aE (2.400) Fee WG@onsy> 0mm (2) Tome = BB0EMG ee =So3 Ma (b) Thay 7 SOS MPR nee Proprietary Materfa, © 2009 The McGraw Compente, le, struc yay fun or by any means, witht the prior wit ees ‘nd edventrspemited by MoCraw Hil or thei individual eoure prep hts rzerved. No pt of thi Mansel maybe daplayerepredaced, or the publisher, or we Beyond the limited stbuton to teochers ‘Netadent using this anual using i thou permission. 23 Two sold soe shtls are comected by the gears shown. A torque of Problem 3.23 ‘magnitude T = 900 N - m is applied to shaft AB. Knowing that the allowable Shearing tes SO MPa and considering only tess duet twisting, delemine tho required diameter ofa) sha 4B, () shat CD. 240 gn =] a he 2 TF 903 Nem 4 a et. + BE (900) = 2700 Wem a @ Shft AB: T= SO MPa SOxId® Pa Sun? Te = 27 eae aT rete 53, e200 CP gonpey = 22SS*1S 49 = BST mm dhe? 2 YS pm Ce) Shaft CD 2 Tame = 50 MPa 3/2 C2760 9 s = of Racapeey HO" my F F2SZ mon c= JRE RR = st szt 32.52 digs RE CEO mm met Problem 3.24 3.24 Shaft CD is made from a 66-mm-diameter rod and is connected ‘mun-diameter shaft AB as shown. Considering only stresses due (0 twis ‘knovwing thatthe allowable shearing stress is 60 MPa for each shaft determine the largest torque T that can be applied 240 m0 Vue = GO MPa = GOKIOS Pa Shaft AB? C= doke= Ztmm= 0.024 m Te ar 2 ° Tw? Ts ER Ts Ftc Ts F (60 «10° ) (0.021 = 1303 Nhm ShePt CD! Crt teo = 23mm = 0.033 m Teo= E Goxto*}o.035) = 3387 Nem te % leo The Mona de torque is the smabler of the two cobevPetest valves. T= 1129 Nem = LI2TKN 8S Zao (3387) = 124 New 3.25 The wo slid shafts are connected by gears as shown and are made Problem 3.25 of a steel for which the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa, Knowing the diameters of the vo shat ate, respectively, dye ~ 40 mun and dp = 30 mm determine the largest torque Te that ean be applied aC. Tnas = $8MPa Shaft BC? dge= FOmm — Cm dd = 20 Mim t+ The. Etec? aE (2x10) (ororP = O28 Nite, SheftEF! dps Bom dsismmn, i> Tis Bnet = Pond )ots¥= 265 Nm, - & _ jo at Be = EB Cees) = 441-7 Pow abfe vadue of Te is the smadler, Te = 441-7 Nin a Problem 3.26 8.26 The two solid shafls are connected by gearsas shown and ate made ‘ofa sfet for whieh the allowable shearing stess is 60 MPa. Knowing that a ont torque of magnitude Te ~ 600 N 7 is applied at C and that te assembly is % in equilitriam, determine the requited diameter of (a) shait BC, (2) shaft EF. 100 ong or i Tong = bola © ne (@) Shabt BC: T, = 600Nm G 4 -2r dhe = 2e 7 Bienes ae Proprietary Materia. © 2009 The McGraw-HAl Companss, In. Al rights reserved. No pt of this Maas may be displayed epeducedo dsbuted nay fom or by any : ed yond th ited deteton to teache ‘and educrspeited by MeGraelil for thei individual course preparation, A stent using his mana is using it witout persion, Problem 3.27 3.27 A torque of magnitude T~ 120 N - mis applied to shaft AB of the gear train shown. Knowing that the allowable shearing siress is 75 MPa in each of the three solid shafts, determine the required diameter of (a) shaft AB, (b) shall CD, (e) shaft EF. STATICS Shaft AB, Te = Gtk aT Gears Band C, Vg = 25mm, Vo= COmm Force on gear civelés. Fig = 2 ‘zB ve Ya fom Sheft CD, Te = 24T Gears DavdE, v= 30mm, Ye = 7S mm Foree of eas circles, REQUIRED DIAMETERS ee ae a tog? GS = FR Tou = TSH10% Pa Ca Shaft As, The = T = 120 Wen a2 (izey drat ZV TIS IOFY () ShaPFED, — Ten = @HV(IR0) © 2BB Nem a 3 dep = 2 = 264K 10% m deg = 26.4 muy halt EF, Ter = (4)U20) = 720Nem a, fee = 20 Axo yg = 20.1 muy 20 mm = 20%1T Tag = BMG) = 47.7 x10" Tome = 47.7 MPa at W(20x1O FSF Problem 3.29 ile the exact distribution of the shearing stresses in a holtow-eylindrical shaft is as shown in Fig, P3.29a, an approximate value ean be obtained for Zax Fas assuming that the stresses are uniformly distributed over the area A of the ¢ section, as shown in Fig. P 3.296, and then further assuming that all of elementary shearing forces act ala distance from 0 equal to the mean radius 4c, + c2) of the cross section. This approximate value % = 1/Arq, where T is the applied torque. Determine th ratio. fc / of the true value of the maximum. shearing stress and its approximate valuo & for values of cxley respectively equal to 1.00, 0.95, 0.75, 0.50 and 0. : = Te, 27a _ ate Fora heblow shaft! Tua, = ES = WEG) ~ TEE OV ara = 4T, AG24¢7) ee = ar By defimtion, T Aw *KtGaay Dividi Fue = C2€C2+ 6) t+ (re) ne eG 7 See 7 ole, aa 0.95 |ots | os Tal % | 1.0 | t.025 11.120 11.200 ant Problem 3.30 330 (@) Fora given allowable shearing stress, determine the ratio Tv of the ‘maximum allowable tongue T and the weight per unit length w for the hollow. shaft shown. (6) Denoting by (Tip the value ofthis rato fora solid shaft of the same rodius ¢, express the ratio 7/w for the hollow shaft in tems of (Tay and cules we See perunt fength | re > specific werght * betel weight, Le * Jongh > PALA = pg = pgm (e,*- 62) T >i. "g Gye & . y iccraticesoe) us aay aha (2) Tt ed) ty ee ee (hollows shaP}) 8 a w crx for sokid shabts CT), = Suet — Coafid shed) wy) (Tal yy ot (F) = FL (i+ &) = (T/)o > o> 34 ‘3.31 (a) For the aluminum pipe shown (G = 27 GPa, determine the torgue Ta Lieeaieaed ‘causing ant angle of twit of 2°, (8) Determine the angle of twist ifthe same 40 ym torque To is applied to a solid cylindrical shaft of the same length and eross- Sse seotional area. Q) Co = SO mim = 0,050 m , Trietoe! = 5.7962% 107° YO min = OL 04Om E(o,090"~ 0.040") P= 2° = 34.9074 107* mad 2150 G = 27x10" Pa pee nl 27x10 5.746241 )GY.9OT¥ ICY $* EF To = 2S = QABSI RIO Nem Te = 2.19 kNem = Aven of piper Az Tlet-c2)> T(0,080°- 0,042") = 2.8274 mt (8) Radios of solid oF some artaz 6,74 = 0,030m I= Fed = F(e.030)" = 1.a7ase «to Lo __Guiastrto*)(2.5) : ear B> ET * GrrioN massa) 7 0-182 Md Be aM Problem 3.32 1.32 a) For the solid steel shaft shown (G77 GPa), determine the angle of vist, at A. (0) Solve part a, assuming thatthe ste shaft is hollow with a 30-mm- diameter and a 20-mm-inner diameter. @) ez 44+ 0.018, T= T= 7822710 mt Leb | T= 250 Nw Don : ® = 250) (1-89 7 3 G7 MONVGSW oF © NINO” ead = Cra H9z}0 1 5 4.21? — (b) ¢,= 0.018 mw, C= FAy= O.01Om | J=Elet- 6.) we Flows’ 0.010") = 63.819 10m" g = Ge 92 Gop SUE es Som ead = BECO SBS) 2525" oe Problem 3.33 3.83. The ship at A bas jst started to drill for oil on the ocean floor at 1 depth of 1500 m. Knowing that the top of the 200-mn-diameterstecl drill pipe (G = 77.2 GPa) rotates through wo complete revolutions before the drill bit at B starts fo operate, determine the maximum sheating stress caused in the Pipe by torsion > tL 7 ~ oe Gs L 1500 = te. Glge , Eve v wt & A QR Rrev > 2am rd = 12.566 ved C= EA = 100 mm = 0.100 m Ge T7AGPA = T72HI0" Be - (2.2 109V12. 566 (0.100) _ . ee HTH IOS Pe es G47 MPa me Problem 3.34 3.94 Determine the largest allowable diameter of a3 m-long (G~ 77 Gpa)it he rodis wo be twisted through 30; without exceeding a ing sess of 4 MPa, ee +, on en pr s0°* SEE = 0.52360 ved v= 84mMha - TL +. 659 - Te. Sige , Eye 9° er Lc zr 7 St co = pe lb) (3. THR EESD 7 2ObAS = OBI de Re EIS Proprietary Matera. © 2009 The MeGra iste nan frm or by any ans, with td edcatars permitied by MeGraw-T forthe ‘Companies, ne ll sighs reserve. No art of this Manual ay be displayed reproduced or 3 pir walten permis ofthe publisher, a sed beyond the nied danni eshe, iividosl couse pepaation A tude using tania ising it writ pereion, Problem 3.35 3.38 The electric motor exerts @ 500 Nm torque on the aluminum shaft ABCD ‘when itis rotating ata constant speed, Knowing that G~= 27 GPa and thatthe torques exerted on pulleys B and C are as shown, determine the angle of twist between (a) Band C, (6) Band D. 201 @) Angle Stwist between Bane C+ Tec = 200 Nem, Lat bZ mm c=de = 0.02m, G=27*/0" Pa Gaz Bets 367.97 410" m = 7b (2001.2) i Hee - : Fea= GF Cand ser qiviony © PITH ma Par.* 1-384" G) Angte of tyist between Baul Ds Ten = SOO Nem, Lep =O.Tm, E = tes 0.024m, G = 2710" Pa Lz Ze% = Elo.cay'= sau.is3vlo? m ~ (800 V0.9) eee 3 aro” GeigeA ELE TION) 7 SI MROHIO™ vad Pato = Pate? Pore = 4NST2/5% B1ABOwWS? = 56.137 ¥10 ued Pew = 222° Problem 3.36 Pert NE 3.36 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys 4, B, and C. Knowing that both shafts are solid and made of brass (G = 39 GPa), determine the angle of twist between (a) 4 and B, (6) A and C. 1200 N20 (a) Angle oF twist between A and B _ 400N-m a0 gum Tra = 400 Nera Lyge 1.2 cad = 001m = 39x/0 Ser Bets 79.82 ¥ 10°" Gane EE = Hooda) bo NaS GI” BM ONG SIO F O.IS4HTT2Z wed D Pam = 887° Dm () Angle of twist between A andl C, Tae = 800 Nem lar Bm, rtd =0,020m, 6 = Sex/oth art E(o.ozo\*= 251.327 «107 m! = oo (1.8) a Per a aes =o WH6VIZ wed 2 Due = Pre * Pac® 0.1S4172— O.MMEAUZ = 0.0078GO weet D Pen? 0-450° D tt Problem 3.37 3.37 The aluminum rod BC (G = 26 GPa) is bonded to the brass rod AB (G = 39 that each rod is solid and has a diameter of 12 mm, determine the angle of twist (a) at B, (b) at C, | F Both port, Comm = 6x0 my 20 Te Bets Fx) = 2.03575 «107% m* | T= 100 Wem 7 In | Rod Ag: = S4W10" Pa, Lag = 0.200 m 230 oan 1 lawn jew C0. 200) @ = @,= = ee o.2e0) | te Gare VWa.03575 x10) 4 = 0.28141 rad Paz 443° oat Crim ABE! Ger 26 x10* Pa, Lec? 0.300 m Thee (00 (0,300) ee" GLI * Rexi0 (2.03575 x10 Gages eatin Ce) fo = Dn + Pac = O.251F + 0.56674 = 0.81870 md p= 46.9° =m Problem 3.38 3.38 The aluminum rod 4B (G = 27 GPa) is bonded to the brass rod BD (G= 39 bie) Pa). Knowing that portion CD of the brass rod is hollow and has an inner ameter of 40 mm, determine the angle of twist at A Bod ABE G= 27710" Pa, L= 0.400 m ae T= 800 Nem ee oatecad a y= B00 E@ove)*= 164.896 «1077 w (S00 )(0.400) GE 7 RTI CY BFE IO) F TBS eis rd | Pact BC G= 34«10" Pa Ls 0.375 m, C= Gad = 0.C30m T= B00 + 1600 + 2400 Mem, Fs Fot= E(o.0soy¥= 1.27234 010% we” ~ Th ~__(ayooy(o.375) = = Poe” EF TaqeioPVU.212Ba xO) = IB 1ST AIO ved ¢, = tel, = 0.020 m C274, 7 C.080m, Le 0.250m "\= £ (0.030% G02") = 1.02102 «107% mt (2400\(0.250) Hy 2 CHIOV. ARTES = WS OGRHIOT ved te of twist at A, Pe = Prt Pet Pro 105.080 x10 veel Wr 6.02" a Problem 3.39 3.39 Three solid shafts, each of 18-1 gears shown. Knowit which end A of sh EF rotates. Geometyy? Vg = 036m, Te =0-4m Ve n diameter, are connected by the that G = 77 GPa, determine (a) the angle through UB rotates, (b) the angle through which end £ of shaft O90 o4e bag = 2m, Lept om , Lee =ham Staties! Tz 10 Wm D bcleteny ee Te = 20 Nm D GeowB. 492M, = 0: 5 To -faF + TA = © Ot ; 0036 sm 20 : rR 8 on Fis 2778 22778 Gew fF, 492M, =O? a is Te -th Rt Te oO a eee Gear C, a ~0-04eF 420 =O EM re : F-41067 N “RAE ehso Deformations? HOM OTH\-lenaNe)eT. 20 BP HTH For of chaPts Gz4el 20-009 m Tes anam — D Te Eels o3eb nie? me ~ Trabaa _ (V2) = a> Pea Oe = aaieaend yO ies 2 Teelee - (30 \ 2) ie : 5 Pete * “Et Cn (101306115 9 eae Bee ae rae % een QO, = Teper so = = 00464: Ad ie Crrial)(10.306 118) sleseeerse Kinematics? Qe= Per = 00464 ved D Vo%e = eR Pot & 9, = FEA (o04 64s) = o1e7e red D (Yan Pat Ory = Ot07@ + O0Is12 = 0.20292 rad D eR OED % (6) Fe = Vet Py = orttoes + 0.03024 = 0-17109 red Ge 18D astoay Bi(ooteIs) = o-1408s rad D 3.40 Two shafs, each of 22-mm diameter ate connected by the genes Problem 3.40 shown. Knowing that G fi tho angle through which end A rotates when a 1301 -m torgue is applied at A. CoPeudition of torques, Civeumfeventiad contact force Velween yeast B ond Be Tee (3) = 197-3 in Twiet in shalt PEs a LeBeomm, C=4el =-Himin, G=176Pa. 7 Sz Bet» E(owt)t= 23015 wt Gere = Eh e083) Sy GI CAIKI0N) (23 mio) Retetion of EB, Qe = Perr 0-02 nd Tangential chisplacement af gear circle S= ede ~ Vos Retetion at B Pa= ¢ Ge E03) = 0104-04 rad Twist tn shaft BA, Ls o3om 23d Tn t mee EE Upe\ia-s5) = 016287 wd GI CHV 10%) (23x04) Rotetion aot A, a> Pat Pam = 01006 val > BRO" Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hl Companies Ine. Alright serve. No part ofthis Manual maybe daplayed seceded, or Airbed in any form or by any means, witont the prio writen pemissien of te publi, or sed Beyond te eed dsb fo easter tn educoars permited by MeCraw Hl fr ter individa courte proportion A tude asng This manual is sing twitoot permission Problem 3.41 240) nm 3.41 Two solid shats are connected by gears as shown. Knowing that G= 77.2 GPa Tor each shaft, determine the angle through which end A rotates when T= 1200N-™ Cotevetion of torques. Civeomfevedticl contact farce befveen qears Bade = Te J Te -% peeaiw at ceete Tes a Te The® 1200 Nem aio za mney 24° (ig00) = 3600 W Te. Ft CD: c=fad= 0.080m, Le nam, 6= 72210" Pa J= Bet = Flo.ogoy* = 1.27234 ¥lot m* - Th ~__(360001.2) Pom GF ~ Cae 6 \U. BIISIM IO) Rotetion angle af Cy Po* Rio = 480981010" yad Civevrfeventiad Aiaplace met at contact points FP yews Banc = 48.981 «107° ret oo ec Relation angle ot B. Oe ge : Bo es. ga1cio)= 131.942 *10? pat SaaTTiTEITGSITGAALGHITIFTIGE a Twist in shat AB: c= Gd 2O.02lm br lem, G* 7722xl0o J = Bet = Foca)’ = 305-49 ¥10°7 mt = Th. __ taco )U.6) ae 3 Fae = SF * TH aW0¥ \Caos agwiosy 7 BN NAMIO wed Rotetion angle ot A, Pa= Pa+ Pra = 213.354 x1 nd Pat 122° =e Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeGraw-Hlll Companies, Ine. Alrigh reserved. No pat of thi Manu may be displayed reprced or ‘intnbuted Is any fre or by any nea, without the pir writon permission ote publisher, or used beyond the mite dst oation teachers tse edatstorspomited by MeGraw- Hil fr Dir indvival course preparation student using this manga Is sing i without permission Problem 3.42 3442 Solve Prob. 3.41, assuming that the diameter of each shaft is $4 mm, 3.41 Two solid shafts are connected by gears as shown, Knowing that G= 77.2 {Ghafor each shan, determine the angle through which end A rotates when 7, = 1200 Cabcv lation of torques CiveumPeventiad contact Force belween Sai qears Bad C jy a a ‘A The = 1200 Nem | Teo = BE (1200) = 2600 Nem 120" Teustin shet CD? ¢=td+0.027m, Le 2m, G=77.2%/0"Pa I Fe £0,027)" = 324.74410"7 mY TL ~__{8600)0,2) = 67,033 «10° vad Fes * BF (7.24107 (834.78 10" Rotetion angle at C. $e Per = 67.083 %10"* rad Civcontecntiad clisplacemet at contact points of geavs Band ¢ S=VeR = Vege ion angde ot B, g. £% = G2 (67, 033n10)* 201.10 ¥/F Fraud ‘Twiehin shePt AB: c= dol= O.027m, LekGm, 6=77.2>107 Pa T= 834.79%1077 m Pon = 2001-6) “G7.261O7 834.79 10) Retution angle ath, Qy~ Det Pare = 230.89 x10 %ved Pa = 13.23" —tt Th. 2 te? Gi = AV 792 x10” md Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hl Companies, ne, Al ight reserved. No prt of hs Manu! may be displayed, reproduced Problem 3.44 3.44 Por the gear train described in Prob, 3.43, determine the angle through which end A rotates when T= 0.6 N+ m,!= 60 mm, d= 2 ram, G= 77 GPa, and n = 2 43. Avior F, wed to record in See soPution to PROBLEM connected to the shaft by means of the gear 3 ‘gears and threo solid stect shafts each of dia BM For devedopment oF fran/ incor tv aralsm ihren of heck F reves, form the rotation of sat A, is in shown, which consists of four ter d, Tivo of the gears have a equation Por Pa Cktemine in tomes O71 ican he angle gh which env a= Bik +e) Datat TrorGNin Px bomm, cxdd= Imm Ge TI HI0'FA, 022, De Eet = Eos e570 mh (erb)lo106) LY) = ae he (17 K104) (87 Ke a (! ee ie) ceeaes Qr22-4g? me Problem 3.45 Ts 750 New, T~ WOMPA = g 40 Based on angde of twist. = TIBET WORST CR. Bian Bused on shearing stress, or | te5 es ey aor Te Use danger velven 3.45 The design specifications of a 1.2-m-long solid transmission shaft require that {ne angle of twist ofthe shaft not exceed 4° when a torque of 750 N° mis applied. Determine the required diameter of the shal, knowing that the shat is made ofa stoel ‘with an allowable shearing stress of 90 MPa and a modulus of rigidity of 77.2 GPa 24° = 69813410 ed | Le \2m, Te bet w10% Pa. GET GR = 77.2 %107 Pa eee o> CF * ee 18.06 x10" mw ~ T . 2D aa mc* 3[" @\GSey x10" m TO KIOFY tacts Ce 13.06 %1T%m = 12.06 mm d= Ror 36./nmf Wste0o%10No,.1809) ~ eeleie = 2e = 010563 m Choose the furger diameter, A= 563mm Problem 3.49 13.49 The design ofthe geat-and-shafl system shown requires that ste! shatts ofthe same diameter be used for both AB and CD. Its farther required that fay s 60 MPa and that the angle J, through which end D of shaft CD rotates not exceed 1.5", Knowing that G = 77 GPa, determine the required diameter of the shafts, Teo = Te = 1000 Nem hon yy Tha > ig Teo” $22 Coos) 2500 Nem | For design based on stress, use Reger torque. Tap = 2500 Nem, Te 2r. ~ Te 6009 on 3, 2T , favasec) _ oa O82 are T Tleow ory 26-526 x10" m CF AVBARIOT wy = 29.82 mm, “400 d= 20 = 57.6 mm Design besed on rotation angle y= S° = 26.18 110% vad ShaPt AB: Tig = 2500 Nem, L= Ont im TL _ @ser(0.4) _ 1900 =e oe = er loco os £ 3 " jo t a? = [00,1000 _ 2500 Pe= BU * Wo er ~ Er Teo = 1000 Nem, L= 0.6m Shaft co = TL , Wece)(o.e) _ Peo = GF * GT - G00 oF = Pes = B50, Goo . 3102 . 3/00 Po= Pat Peo GF rg 6S 6 Fc ye (C300) __ tee) 2 9 c TE Py ulr7 Hu acaxio®) ~ Pe oer tot M d= 20 = EL. mm BING HIS? m = BL4G mm , d= 62.9 mm = c Design most use Daren value For ol, Proprietary Materia. © 2009 The MeGran-Hil Companies, 4s rxerved. No pro ha Manual moy be dioplayed, reproduced, oF ‘Sunbse o any for of By my mens, witout he of the publi or sed yond the ted tution to teaches nd eestors peo by Merawil forthe advil cous preparation. A stent sing Bis nn fusing wihoe permission, Problem 3.50 3.80 The electric motor exerts a torque of $00 Nm on the steel shalt ARCD when itis rotating at constant speed. Design specifications require thatthe diameter of the shaft be uniform from Ato Dan tat the angle of twist between A and D not exceed 1.5°, Knowing tht ty, «60 MPs and G=77 GPa, determine the minimum diameter sta ha ay bo used Torq ues, Tig # 300 + 500 = 200 Nem Tac = S00 Nem, Tr = 0 ah. - i Design based om stress % = 6ox/o* Pa se, 2T 3.26, Akoo) _ He Uo es COTE * NGSRTERY = 8-4BBXIO oot © = 20.40 x{0* wm = 20.40 mmr, d= 20 = 4YO,8 mm oy 7 1S? = RONBIOS rad Design based on Poe =O Toel. y ary = Teh = Sg00 Vos) = oe = Taal _ (¥00)(04) _ s20 aH eter ar ar rreaee u GRO Bon = Get Gre * Pan = BE = BS; = Bhere. ve. NCI _ @Ye20) i Lo mn" C* TCha * TC) MO WRG IBxIO iaeeaele “ CF 104 m = 204mm, — Az REE YR min Design most use Parger value of d, d= 4 mm ~ Proprietary Materia, ©2009'The MeGravs-IIll Companies, Ine, Al ces esrse No pat ofthis Manus ay be played reproduced or isnted inany foro by any means, woul the rir writen prison of the pulser, or uso hed te United deanbotin fo esha Aan calor pesmi hy Metra for hee ndvidal courte preparation. A stad ing Ui ranual wing it wiht pension, Problem 3.51 3.61 The solid cylinders AB and BC are bonded together at B and are attached to fixed supports at A C. Knowing that the modulus of rigidity is 26 GPa for aluminam and 39 GPa For bass, determine the maximum shearing stress (a) in cylinder AB, (b) in cylinder BC. The toraues in cy finders AB and BC ave stabeetly indetevminate. Match the rotation Gg for cach eyfinder. Cydinder AB cz4d olF ta LeOsm Te Bet s20h1 wet nt = Tek _ Ta @) Cae Fo = GI * GbxioM\Gaarcet ~ 437410 Tey Cybinden BCS = gol =0025m Lx 045m T= Bet = Beozsyt= 6/3-6x05% m* Tach ___Tac(oas) i ne P= -EE= = Garo Gace = 810° Toe Matching expressions for Gg. S687 10 Tyg = 188 “10° Toe Toc + 29984 Tag Equibibniom of connection af Bt The + Tae = h2¥I0" a Tra t Tee -T=O T1200 Nm @y Substituting () inte @), 29984 Tyg = 12>10" Tye = 300 Nin Tae = 900 Nm () Maxivnym stress in ey Finder AB, Typ > BES = Cee Heel) « sr.95 ste Tq23T MPa a (ce) Maximum stres ~ Wel _(400)(0-025) _ 2367 MPa mt tas : Wyre Nees®) = 56-47 Pa Tan? 367 displayed reproduced of ed disibuiono eaches i without permission, Problem 3.52 3.52 Solve Prob. 3.51, assuming that cylinder AB is made of steel, for which G = 77 GPs, 4 3.51 The solid cylinders AB and BC ste bonded together at and are | tached to sea sports a and C: Knowing tht the mols gti 26 GPa for aluminum and 39 GPa for brass, determine the maximum shearing sess (a) in eylinder Af, (b) in cylinder BC. The torques in cy Binclers AB and BC ane stabiceHty indeterminate. Match the rotation Pa for cach eyfinder. Cyfinder AB c= bd = cm Ls 0am Fe Het 047 Hc Im * = Teak 2 Te) 89.03 lo Te Pe EE Gnteertach =! : Cynder B: ethos 005m b= odsm De Ret = Fussy «esse! mt ee tege Uo eceeeeeeereg eas eee i: Pa= “EE * GN GaeaI = 18 * IOS Te, Matching expressions tor Pg, 19.03 »10% Tag = 18:8 >10 Tae Tac = 101223 Tra roy Equibibrivm of connection at Bz Tygt Tee-T=0 T= /z00Nm The + Tae = 1200 @ Substituting (1) inte (2) 201223 The = 1200 Tao = 596 Am Tac 7503 Win @) Maximum stress in cy finder AB. = Dist _ (596.014) _ eee Tyg = HEE NOD = 55.32 te Tag? S53 Ml @) Maximum stvess in cyfinder BC. Trace _ (603) (0025) af Te.> = = 24-57 MPa Te= 246 MPa mth fecal bisex Io? od nd edctor permed by McGraw Hil for ee idvdas couse prepmation, A student sing hs mata fusing it without perms, 1.53 The composite shaft shown consists of a S-mmv-thick brass jacket (Gy: 39 GPa) bonded to a 40-mm-diameterstcel core (Gyea = 77.2 GPa). Knowing that the shaft is subjected to a 600 N « m torque, determine (@) the maximum shearing stress in the brass jacket, (b) the maximum shearing stress in the steel core, (c) the angle of twist of B relative to, Problem 3.53 am as jacket L= 2m Steel es C=LA= 20mm = 0,020 m T= Eet= F(o.020)'= 287.3310 m G3 717.2410 NCAS1.3R6IT") = 19, 4oRT aI Nom" Tongue carried by steel ore T= GE Brass jacket! 0, = td, = 20mm = 0-020 m Cyt ROS = 25mm = OORT m T= Ble'-6")= E(e.cxs"- 0,020") = 362. 265/077 m* Gudz = (89 #101362. 265 *1O7) = 14. 1283 x/O Nom* Torque caccied by brass jacket T= & J, 2 Totef bee, Tr T+ = (60,4 6 F @. Tes ie CGE GE > Tigers s hiasaeros = 7874 He J /m (2) Hewimym shearing stress in brass ‘ioccked Tora OV Oy ag = (34410) (0,0259( 17.894 ¥197) = I7.4S*10° Pa Thagg? IAS MP (bh) Meare eure shearing stress in_steef core, oon” CT neg > G, CB = (77-2%107 (0.020 17844 15? = 27,6 «10% Pa Linea) = 27.6 MPa 2 ) Angfe of twist, = LE = (RUIN. 894410") = 35,788 ¥18 rad pt Rost js reserved. No part ofthis Manual maybe diplaye reproduced, or in of te publisher, or used beyond te Tinted dstbtion teachers ‘seduces permed by McGraw Hil fo their nivel course preparation, A todent using ls manual is sing it without permission. 3.84 Forth composite hat of Prob. 3.5 th allowable shearing sires nthe brass Problem 3.54 Jacket is 20 MPa and 45 MPa in the steel core. Determine (a) the largest torque _-| Whlcheane applied othe st, (the conerponding angle of it of # reve tov 3.53 The composite shaft shown consists of a S-mme-thick brass jacket (Ghas™= 39 Js ¥ GPa) bonded to 2 40-mm-diameter steet core (Gag) = 77.2 GPa), Knowing that the shalt is subjected to 2 600 N - m forque, determine (a) the maximum shearing siress in the brass jacket, (B) the maximum shaving stress inthe steel core, (c) the ' angle of twist of relative 1 A wmf, . Loe CMe Gam 2 sim Stel or Pes For each materia? Lo” Gem Ti = GTP fer cach meted Brass jacket? ty 2Ow10" Pa, C, > Wms O02 m, Oye 2041S = AS mm = 2,925 i oe L * GF Vo.025) Ke Flat-o') = F (0.025% 0,020°) = 362.265%107 m? 20, 518410 ad /m Sheed cove: Uy*dSxlo' Pa, €= 0,029 m 45» 10s CHR aNo wa 7 RNSHIO™ tad fm = Fete E(o.000)"* 28/.38 Jom! Smoller vodve of 22 governs Bes 20,5129 Torque cartied by brass sleeve The Gdy fe = (B4¥ 109)(362. 265% 10" )(20.53 x! Torque carried by steeP core Tye GSB = (p70 (251.334 10 Yao, cb O) ADrounvde toque, T= 4% 7 687.8 Nem Tas 688 Nem am (b) BBowA2e tic angle, Pah i F QMA2SI+IO) = 41,026 610 nat Gy = Bx oS") = 398.9 Hem 35° =e Proprietary Matril, ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, tne. Allg reserved. No pat of this Manual ny be displayed, reproduced, or torque emptied at A = SONem, Taw = torque im shedt AB Ten = tevave in shdt CD Statics + ~The - FR = Tess FY = Too = EU ~The) = 3TH Tes) Kinemetigg * YePa = Yee Pa® Angles of tuted? y= Zak ($+ de yte = ($8) = Ht Tag t= O- Ta = (0.47760 Y80) = 33.368 Nem Ten = $(80- 38,368) = 27.755 Nem (2) Heximum shearing stress_in shah} CD, QV = ALF 10° Pa Too? HI MPa () Angle of rotetion off A, > Tak ~ Blab. 258.368 0.240) 2 gp ric trad Gin WEE “n(77.2r107)(0,009)7 Qro.ccs = Proprietary Materia, ©2600 The MeCraw-Hi Companies Ine. All righ reserved. No part ofthis Manual may be displaye, reproduced ot ‘isbited we ay frm or by any means, without the pie writen permission of te pulser cr wed beyond the Unted dsubution to teachers land edvatrs peed by MeGrave Hil fr tht Individual couse preparton. Asien sing ths eli using it without pension, Problem 3.56 4.56 Solve Prob. 3.55, assuming that the 80-N - m torque is applied to end C of ‘shaft CD. 4.55 Ata time when rotation is prevented at the lower end ofeach shaft 50-N -m torque is applied to end 4 of shat AB. Knowing that G= 77.2 GPa for both shafts, Aetermine (a) the maximum shearing stress in shaft CD, (8) the angle of rotation at A het Ta = torque apphiel at C = SO Nem = forque in shat CD. Tig = torque in shaP+ AB, Statics: Tattnall 8 Te- Ten - Te Feo & Tho = (Te- Tr) = $ (Te - Teo) Gear A Gear € Kinematics? %Q = KG -2% Angles of twists = BE 7 pOhz Te Tot _ 3.2 E-h GE 7 22 Shs Sh = (lent + oe (4 +t) =((8)+ 4) = 3h The = 0.4796 Te = (0.52040 (89) = 41,632 Nem The = CBO - 41,682) = 57.552 Nem @) Menimym shear: ngq_stress in CD- te Bei. AT, (241.622) any Wes” “7 (0.0075 )* &) Ang te ob rutndion ad A. Tel 2 Trek . QM57.552)(0.240) Pr” Ga,” FGet “Hone (0.004)" = 62.80% Pa M7 EMP = 12 BGHIT? nad Qo 0.995" F(c.0t0'- 0.086") = 1.3829 15¢ m* Torque cartied by shalt, Ts > GUSQ/L Torque carried by jacket, Ge GU @/L Tote torque, THE 2 Gi GGek « SP * sos = = {12824xlo*)(S00) 7 Ts SNOT * peeps yasnageoe 7 143-1 Wem Maxinum sheanvs stress in jacket, es TES. Rt lo.080) = r2zbiosPa 12.24 MPa, at 3.60 3.60 The mass moment of inertia of a gear is 10 be panen mentally by using a torsional pendulum consisting of a 1.8- ing thal G = 77 GPa, determine dhe diameter ofthe wie for wh sions spring constant willbe @N » rad Torsion spring constant Kz 6 An Jraad K-2t-0,-H . 36e @ Ret TL eae nee ia co, BER MUO pasta etn T ~ Ww C17 107) CF 000307 m ae2czb mm = Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies ue. All sighs reserved. No pat ofthis Manual may be piyed, produced, or ‘srbted inary fore o by any mean, without the roe rien pension of te publisher, or sed beyond the vite dsibotcn tte td esos permite by McGraw for heir indviaal cone prepaation, A stodet using this manuals sing it without permission. 361 An annular pate of thickness an ods of itty Gis sed to connect, Problem 3.61 shaft 4B of radius r, to tube CD of inner radius r,. Knowing that a torque T is applied toend A of shaft AB and that end D of tube CD is fixed, (a) determine the magnitude and locaton ofthe maximum seaing tess nthe anna lt, () shove hat the angle through which end 3 of the shaft rotates with respect to end C of the tube is Use 0 Free body consrati toc Fal of shaft AB ald ‘an inner? angi rtion of the plate BC, the Soben “radios of Vhs portion being fp te x rt The force per unt — # feagth of clrcomfercoes ¢ C : is “tb, \ Peat \ t =M=0 Nt ttlampe -T=0 a pipsney Mabon! © * Feet ©) Moximom shearing stress cccurs at p= Fy Tne ® we ~« Shearing strain = Ze war The relative circumPereddicl displacement in vadia® fenath dp is aS= dp = p dy ag= 7# >t 4 a0* saat > GES Td roe . 7 = a a 7 O he \aeE Es act § Sete n ele, Loo aoe ee Proprietary Material ©2600 The MeGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. Allright eserved, No pst ofthis Manual maybe displayed produced sted in any form or by any means, without the prior wrten permission of he publisher, or used beyond the Hinited disubution tethers and educators permite by MeGraw-Hil for hi individual eourte preparation. A stent sing thi ronan i using it without ptmsion, 3.62. An anmular brass plate ( eee: connect the brass shaft AB, of length L, = $0 mm and radius 7, tube CD, of ensth [2 ~ 125 mm, inet radius r,~ 75 mm, and thickness ¢~ 3 may Knowing that & 2.8 KN m torque Tis applied to end 4 of shaft AB and that end D ‘of tube CDs fixed, determine (a) the maximum shearing streasin the shat-plate-tube system, (6) the angle through which end rotates. (Hint: Use the formula derived in Prob. 3.61 to solve part 5.) ar ™ = 66,0 x10 Pa = 66.0 MPa ion ) 2 BC, (See PROBLEM 3.61 for den’ v= ~TL. - 4892 ___- < TC Brent” PuloceaVo.osaye ~ FAS*IO' me ie = 325 Po Shabt CD Ws 0.07 m, C,= +t = 0,015+0,003 = 0.078 m Vo= Féc4- 6/) = E(0.078'- 0,075") = a.udat 210% mn! = Ten . (2800)(0.078) _ oo, 2 r= Tees Geoa toon) = 18.9 10" Pi 25.9 MPa (ol Lerest stress, Ton, = 82-5 MPO ee habt AB, = Tly £ 2TLi _ (2)28002(0,050) Short AP Gou= Gy! = Geet * HGarI0" 0.080)" = 2821 107% red Plate BC, (See Problem 3.61 for derivation of equation befow) eee soet 2%00 4 i Poe = ei ipfept oy aseesseessiyer. 1 -drutessaen fen lneeetore Tee merle st iH iaGen tases (OO aos} = 0,839 107° vod hak t C1 = The ___(@soo)(o-125) 8 3 Shot 00, feo. EF = Genoti(gaitnaes) 7 hOCR MO md (b) Tateroted inn enpfe. Q,* Pre + Pre + Peo = 4173410 vad Dy? 9-278" Ze = 18625 min ath 3.68 As the hollow stcl shat shown, coltes at 180-Mpm, a stuboscop Problem 3.68 measurement indicates that the angle of twist of the shaft is 3°. Knowing that G 772 Gia, determine (a) the power being transite, (8) the maximum shearing | ste inth sat C= Fay = BO wo Cp 2h dy tI S me Te HEd-cf l= F[Goy'-C2sy)] v = 1284x108 mm" = t, 234 110% n™ te 9 = 3% = 0.08236 rad oe: zs 25 one y= GLO ~ (77.2210 \U, 234 410"*V0.0536) - gq7 6) Nem aie ¥ Auguban speed P= 180 npn = Qver/see = 3H2 transmitted, P= anf Ts anls\(aa7.61)= 18.80%j0%w P= lag0kw BRE mm FT pe Use E> Bim 0] Ca- 0) + BG m= 28,26 mm Proprietary Materia © 2009 The McGraw Hil Comps All ight reseve. No part of his Mama may be delayed, reproduced oF ited in any Farm o by any means, without the price writen persion ofthe pair, or sed beyond the hte dsefaton to tacts and cars permitted by McCrv-Hil forte inivideal couse preparation safe uring thls mara s sig witout persion 3.73 The design of « machine element calls for a 40-mm-outer-diameter shaft to Problem 3.73 ‘ansmit 45 KW. (a) Ifthe epeed of rotation is 720 pm, determine the maximum shearing sess in shaft a. (6) If the speed of rotation ean be increased 50% to 1080 zpm, determine the largest inner diameter of shaft for which the maximum shearing stress wil be the same in each shaft 2Hz Ps askw= 45x/o" W 2 WSeto aatiad S96.83 New (oy $d = 20 mn = 0.020m Te aT. (2X596.83) > le. ah. i‘ vio eee - we Te Fe = Sita = 47.494 108 Pa Tag? 47.5 MPa. 0 ay fe BE we EMO 367.89 Nim »- Tee . &2Ter 4. nt 21 Ce To = FERaay GU Cam re cf = 0.020"~ ayaa = $3,333 1/5" GF 15.20 410" m ,7 IS.ROr1O™ m= 15.20 mmm d= 2,530.4 mm et PebeHaaa. 274 A 1.Samtong solid stest shat of 2-mm diameter is to transmit 12 KW. ‘Determine the minimum Frequency at which the sha can rotate, knowing that G == 772.GPs, that the allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and thal the angle of twist myst not exeved 35°, L=LS om eka = Minn = 0.01 on Pe i2kWs Ryjotw P= B57 © GILO87K10" vad G=77.2>0" Pe, t+ 30x/0° Pe ar ; 2% Stress vequivenoet , t a Fe T= Eect= EBoxto!Vo.ou\* = 62.722 New Turict angle requirement, p= & : ae pe E GOD, TOM2H10*Vo.ouGl.o87 x10 Ed L (ays) Monimum adforubte torque is the smaller velse — T= 62.722 Nom Minimyrs Frequency te trmemit a pever of I2kW. Pe ant T Ee 3 Bylo? Rat ~ Zw(er tary ~ = 72,305 Nem 30.4 Hz Fe 30.4 Hz Problem 3.75 4.75 A 2.Sunclong solid steel shaft is to transmit 10 KW at a frequency of 25 He, Determine the requited diameter of the shaft, knowing that G= 77.2 GPa, that the allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and thatthe angle of twist must not exceed 4°. PrlokW = lovidw Fe 25 Me P28 64.818610" Tgp tgs 48.02 Nem Strese equireneet, -e-oD Hs a *faMes.cozy. IO = me er fae Poe 1. 055x10" Hoss ial Th , ATL Test angle petted | Oat eer ~ ate (C3 DIZ SY 1,109 same Té9 “WTLAx ION aise a ) 7 Use the Ramer vadue, FNL TOF mm As 26> 23.4 sa 8.78 The two solid shafts and gears shown are used to transmit 12 KW Problem 3.76 from the motor at A operating ta speci! of 1250 sm, to a machine tol at D Knowing that the maximum allowable shearing stress is 55 MPa, determine the reqited diameter (a) of shalt AB, (b) of shat CD. E (a) Sheft ABS P= I2eW T+ S8épa, = TiNm ¢ 125 eam $2 6G IDET im (b) Shaft CD To? j dep = Ze = 01024 doe 24m a ag = 205 Heb att wo = BCA) = SETA QVCST TRE ree) = 6.0l\20b6m 3.77 The two solid shalt and gears shown are used to transmit 12 KW Problem 3.77 from the motor at A operating at speed of 1260 rpm, to a machine tool at D. Knowing that each shaft has a diameter of 25 mm, determine the maximum sheating stess (a) in shaft AB, (b) in shaft CD, (a) Shaft AB: Pr iz kW fe Ree = 2 Hz P 12 lo The ZeF 7 Zacary = TN ) Shdt CO “pe al eo ye Tan = SCAN )= 151-7 Nm. v+4t = eee = Aq. 44 Ufa Leg? FAAA MI Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companics, In, lig reserved. No pat ofthis Manan ay be played epeduced o¢ Wares Fae 295 Hoa Assume T, = £3Nm Proprietary Material. © 2909 The Me sibs in any form o by ony mca, tnd educators peed by McGraw Companies, ne All sights reserved. No pat of his Manu nay be displayed, eprodaced or prior writen permission ofthe publisher, or sed beyond the nied btn to echors heir nvdual curso preparation. Asanti hs ha sng wthot permis, Problem 3.79 3.79 _A.1.5-mlong sotid steel shaft of 22-mm diameter is to transinit 13.5 KW. Dotormine the minimum speed at which the shaft can rotate, know- ing that G = 77 GPs, thatthe allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and that the angle of twist must not exceed 3:5" Le bom c LE wh, Pe /3o EW Stress requirement = Joma vy: e- ay Te Bre? = Eldewe Vow) = 62-7 Nim Twist angle requirement — P= 35°= 6108715" rect +. GIO _ TEN _ T (772x107 )Co-8 W)(E1.08 7x1 An a = Tae/ Ni Mewimun ablowabbe torque is the smaller value T= 62°7Mim Pe anfT Bet £ ae - fae = 24.27 He Pe 43H me = 2,058 rpm Problem 3.80 Betis etiam poner hat he Salem emo Known at = 772 Gr tha th allowable shearing ses is 30 MPa, ar that the ange of ts mst not exceed 7.5°. erdde 1Smm = 0.015 m Le 2.5 m Ve SOr10! Pe e: Shvess vequipemcs*, x Te ES 2 Ere © EGov Yo.o1s) = 265.07 Nom Twist angle vequivemect, Q?75°> 130.90 .¥/0" ved G=77.2%10" Pa - Tk, QTL 9" GF * WEE + EGelg = EGrnawio(o.01s ise.40r15") * 808.60 Nsw Smoller yeabue ab T is the memimumn ablnmbte torque. T= 265,07 Nem Power transmiHed at t= $0 He Pe AmPT = 2m (aeV265.07) = 49,96r10% W P= 50.0 KW aniesy I EEN Fos 450 rpm > 7.5 he Power Pe anfT = an(asX ie} 10%) = 8y kW Problem 3.86 ‘1 6 3.86 The stepped shaft shown must rotate ata frequency of $0 Mz. Knowing that the radius of the fillet is y= 8 mm and the allowable shearing stress is 45 MPa, determine the maximum power that can be transmitted. Adfowebse torque. Maximum power, From Fig. 3.32 Ke 12 ted ie CHS HO) = 20217 Nem pe HUsx16 Q@yQ12) Pe anfT = (anys0)(202.17) = 63.5x10"W Pr cas kw = Proprietary Mattia © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, In. Al righ eserve. No pat of his Mans maybe diplyed, reproduced, or iuitated fn ony form or by any means, without de prior writen permission of te publisher or wed beyond the ited dsrbaton owas nd edeuors permitted by MeGrewHil for thee indvidal couse prepartion. sade uring this anal s sig with permission, 3.87 Knowing tha the stepped shaft shown must transmit 45 kW a aspeed of 2100 Problem 3.87 ‘pm, determine the minimum radius r ofthe fillet if an allowable shearing stress of : 50 MPa isnot to be exceeded. to 60 mm zie f= Bl = acu, yom / P= 4Sx10? Ww i ‘ = 45% 10% &) Ts gap 7 Tey 7 204.68 Nem CH Fd = 1Smm = 0.01 _ 1 (S0~10*N0.015)3 “ANGEOy.63) = 1.245 From Fig. 3.32 = 0.17 Viz O.1T a = (01780) = S11 mn te Sl mnt ‘388 The stepped shaf shown most ans 45 KW. Knowing thatthe allowable Problem 3.88 shearing stress in the shaft is 40 MPa and that the radius of the fillet is r~ 6 mm, determine the smslet permissible speotof the shah 6,0 vee B.g@. a7 55 70? a7 3 7? gam From Fig. 3.32 Ke 1.26 %))’ Fow smaller tre cx dole ISmm 2 O.01S m : ve KLE . KT Tee 0-015 VCH 3 at s TEE, Nloosvovio) _ x 1o® Ne He qie CRTIETS) = 168.30% 10% Nem P= 4s kW 45% 10% Pe anfT Sx 1o* + a = Hae He $242.64 =e Bn (ie8.30%108 ) Proprietary Materiel 6 2009 The MeGraw-I Companies, nc. Alright reserved, No part ofthis Manual may be dplayed, reproduced, or 4O He Pe ant = an(tol4-s) = 29 RW Pe eR EW me 8.91 A torque of magnitude 7 = 22 Nm is applied to the stepped Problem 3.91 shaft shown, which hes a fall quarter-circular fillet. Knowing thet D 25 mm, determine the maximum shearing stress in the shaft when (a) d= 2 20 man, (yd = 29m (a R = rek(D- a )e 2S mm Go BE = tee Foon Fig. 8.82 Ke BI For smebles side c=td= la mm xv: Ke. ay han). = 19-3 MPa ull quarter iva it tonto eget lap shal Lalb-3amey eth te) Be ZB - 109 eek (D-a) = Se + 2 On Ie From Fig. 3.32 K = hae Fee smaller side ete = 1S mm = J = 136 MPa. T= IGM hg, =e 3.92 The solid circular shat shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be ‘lastoplastic with y= 145 MPa, Determine the magnitude T of the applied torque ‘when the plastic 2one is (a) 16 mm deep, (b) 24 mmm deep, e> B2mm = 0.32m Te HIS* 10% Pos E oy, = Elo.o22)'esnto%) = 7.4634x 109 Nem 2) Eps 1G mm = 0.016 mm Pr = On tp 0.032-0.016 = 0.016 m T= $y (1-$&)- £ (q4eaqor\(i-4 2985) = 4.6402 *10* Nem T= 4.04 Kiem ae CY bp Zt mm = 0.024 my Pr Om tp = 0.032- 0.024 = 0.008 m r-4n0 ~4 bE) = £07 431-4 2 = F423 * (0 New T= U4 kNem =o 3.93 A 30-mum-ismeter solid rod i made ofan elatplstic mia Problem 3.93 with 77 ~ 35 MPa, Knowing that the clase coro ofthe vod is of diameter 25 mm, detenmine the magnitude of the tor apie to the rod add = on0lom ys 36 Mho Pr2 kdy=Or0125 m Tyee Ge Bete = Blois Verne = 1866 Him > ‘ T= STH 4 E> EAC § ERY = 2-7 NI 0s T2eT Nm. 8.94 ASO-matiomeer solid shaft is mae of ld steel that sas Problem 3.94 ‘sumed to be elastoplastic with ty ~ 140 MPs. Determine the maximum shear- ing stress andthe radius ofthe clastic core cnteed by the aplication of torque of magnitude (a) 3 KN sn, (@) 4 KN =m. Cetd + 25mm te Mommy Compute Ty Tee Lh. Bet = Flowss wor’) = 34364 (a) T = Beoo 7 plastic region with ebastic cove The maximum Shearing stress is Tosa Te tbo MPa tT 4th (i- €) & = 4-30 = y- Biter 06076 he card ¥ 3426 pre oe = (oP 26) Per 2omm xt Proprietary Materia, © 2009 The MeGraw-Hill Companies, ie. Alright reserved. No part of tis Monvo! ray be displayed, reproduce of Ty, there is o plastic zone. Mewimum shearing stress. T= Up To? 145.0 MPa Radivs of ehastic core. 9 Ts $7 L1- ELV] & "G7 Biel = 7 - ie 0.40003 8y 768.7) pr = 246003 = (0, 46003)CISmm) fro O: 42 mm < Problem 3.96 3.96 The solid shaft shown is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elatoplastic with 1r= 145 MPa. Determine the radius ofthe els core ents by the pplicaon af atorque egal o 1-17) where Tysthe magnite of the orqucat the “4 met of il 15 wom v=4n1-E¥) < fe * fe 35 fs - BON = BN) = 0.38790 Pr = 0-88790 ¢ = (0. 88790 \USmm) Pr = 13.22mim at Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeCraw-itll Companies, Ie. Al igh reserve. No part ofthis Manuel may be played, reproduced, or Airbed Inany fora or by any means, hoa the prior writen permision of the publisher, oF used beyond the ited dsation to eahers fn edcaors permited by Meciraw-Hl for their evil couree preparation A student tng this anal using i without pennission, 3.97 Iti observed that a suaightened paperclip can be twisted through several Problem 3.97 revolutions by the application of a torque of approximately 60 mN- m. Knowing thatthe diameter ofthe wire in the paper clipis 0.9 mam, determine the approximate value ofthe yield sess ofthe sec, gd = ONSmm = 04S ¥1O"* Te = SOmNewm = Gort” Wem Wren Se: bey: Few - 3Te. . _@iGoxto*) - zt ; Tw Tea Galosgeierys 7 314410 Pe. 1eMPa Problem 3.98 that is assomed 77 GPa. Determine the angle tude (a) T= SKN +m, cord = 007) © 0038m 2 = HE MPa Lerem Se Het = Foss) = g275 2164 mt Torque of onset yielding a= Fre The te = Ge wotltgrrene) a De 15.927 kWm @) TLE 8xlornm Sivee Te Ty, the shaPt is folly efastre. o> ~ — be xtoa) e = ge P = “Crp RiMGareuary = PET IO tad Ga 218 < (b) T= 13*1o' hm TY T= $hfI- Tele - (e029 aloe) _ -s EI = C77 1ON Barone) = 7324 HI” ved = 3 . yt ~3E = 1/4 - GwUsHO _ 59 ssjo 8 15-627 a107 632 - P= Bi 2 RECT C psarsvictmd = pe a7eo wt Brat Materia ©2409 he Mera Compan Alissa ti Maa may ltd Aistbned i ny foro by any means, without permission ofthe poblis, or ved beyund the Hite dubuton to teaches Sn ess permit by Mt Il fo nda! omc reparation. A salen rig hs maa sing wes pene, Problem 3.99 3.99 For the solid circular shat of Prob. 3.95, determine the angle of twist caused by the application ofa torque of magnitude (a) 7 600 N - m, (6) T= 1000 Nm. 4.95°The solid shaft shown is made of a mild ste! that ‘with y= 145 MPa. Determine the maximum sh ss and the radius of the elastic core causes by the application ofa torque of magnitude (a) 600N-m,(b) T=1000N-m. (G= 772 GPa). assumed tobe elastoplastic C edd = 15 mm =! ISRO” Torque at onset of yiedeling, 0 = we? ona = ESM. Buse Mest) 705.71 Me (@) T2600 Mem. Since TE Ty the tee ts efestre. LG) eo VAY 8 i aes SE * Haswo ican OAI2E ved pence (sk) T= 1000 Nem, > Ty A. plestic zone has developed. Toi-@l] B= 5fe- ad gs ees 2BL = Giese) to were I CIS*1O* 9772x107) T 0.15026 ved fy = e? 1a 3NTB2) = o.46003 = Pt 2 OeISORE 2g xy im a 1871 oe p= 33 Odeo 7 C-S26GS rad Pp Prnprictary Material 2009 The McGraw-Hil Companic, Ine. Alrlghts reserved. No part of his Manual may be displayed, reproduced isbutedinany form or by any means, without he prior writen permission of te publisher, or wsed beyond the Lied dbstibatin wo teachers ‘nd edcstors permite by McCraw for thc ngvkdual corse preparation, A stent sing hsm using without permission. Problem 3.100 24100 The shat AB is made ofa atrial that is clstoplstic with 1 = 90 MPa and G = 306. Forte loading shown, deteine (a) the radius of i els core of the shat, (dangle of tvs at end (C= 12mm = 0.012 m Ge IOw!0 Fa - Lt 2 yi tet = EOK = Elo.oa (tom io*) = 244.29 Nem Tr 300 Nem > Ty plastic region with ebestic cove 4 fey > 3T (2)(300) gG(-4) 1-2 1~LByseer = 0.31885 = O.6BIOZ — Py =(0.68102)(0.012) = B.17« 157 m Fee S017 ram =< bY Ls 2m G = 20x}0" Pa Ek . BTL. a\(a44.29 a) ATE 7 TS *TGowlGoriery 7 0-8009 wd & . De 2.5000 o° eg ple? ore Pe ael* Problem 3.101 3.101 A 30-mm-dineter soli cicculr shaft i mad of a material tht is esmmed to be elastoplstic with 1y = 125 MPa and G— 77 GPa. For an 2am length ofthe she, determine the marimam shosting tess and the an Blof twist caused by 9 850 Nm torque. ceed = mm, Gt 176fa, T= 125 MPa Le 24m T= 850 Nu Ty = oe = Bed % = Flos Pasmet) = 662-7 vm T> Ty plastic region with efastic cone = Ste ge EM LE. Quplrenety Ts Gk: qs be = BB * (ool THT) 7 O26 ret Tr? WU-48) Emay® By 125M et g 6 get + ees = 1873 i a 2 P = VRS Py = (b213)C 0026) = 0-427 rad pr2n4q? ney Plastic region with ebeatic core Tom? T2140 MPa QL @X6V(n2) ig. Or Be FAS east ary 7 od te ty 0-48) . (B= 4 BL. y- BNF). © os He 0163 y yee reer eet ta = 22¢ Yaar 7 pas 7 Ee od ca dialteeed ie Problem 3.103 3.108 sold ira ois made of materi tis asd to blastp ‘Denoting by Tyand gr, respectively, the oryue and the angle of twist at the onset of yield, determine the angle of twist ifthe torque is increased (0 (a) T= 1.1 Ty, (8) T= 1257, (0) T= 13 Tr. T $h(1-4 BH) Rw. Ya. ar ee g ae ede eee eee a Tr g t @ =z: blo Be ee = NRE = hL1a6Fy =a y PW Sue ayes) ? - @) Zenas 2 eye = 1567 QrLa7y <8 y & ° Te-@yeass H © Ess eee eae ete P= 21s a Te aniay -(B)1-38G roma Matia 620 he Mra Commarea re Ne po oft Mana mys fm ory yes het te rr ten persia fh ahr, sed Bye nd 3.104 .0.9-m-ong slid shaft has a diameter of 62 mm and is mae Problem 3.104 of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with t, = 147 MPa and G = 77 GPa, Determine the tongue requted to twist he shat through ana ale of @) 25°.) 5. C244 = 030m Te = HT Mea Eros = racnsémt Jt (n4cxs5 YG» 10%) 2 + ie : ne LISD = 6.976 x10" Nm : {gce7e no ety FEGHRT 11ST red = 3-176" Fa» OT \rasne) * & *. vn bt 4 43.633010° ved P< DP The shaPtremaus elastic, g= Zt pe GE, CHP Vise 0e8V(43,633%10") etree od = $413 «107 Nom TS 4a kN me (bY P= S° = 87. 266x10* rat P>P% — A plastic zone T= ET 1- dy] = fg coor x op - GES) wes = B58 x10? Nm THO6 ENm mes Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hlll Companies, le, Alright reserved. No part ofthis Man may be displayed, reproduced cr Aisbted In any form orky ony mean, withoutbe pier writen permission f the pubis cr wed Beyond thei and educators permitted by MoCraw Hil for tel individeal course preption, A str sing ths anal ted datbutiono tacts it without persion, Problem 3.105. 3.105 For the solid shaft of Prob. 3.95, determine (a) the magnitude of the torque T required to twist the shaft through an angle of 15°, (8) the radius of the comesponding elastic core. ‘28S Thesolid shaft shownis made of a mild steel that is assumed t be clastoplastic with ty = 145 MPa. Determine the maximum shearing tress. and the radius ofthe clastic core caused by the application ofa torque of magnitude (a) 7 600m, (6) T=100N-m, (G5 77-2 Gear. tam © ISK 1O™ c P= 1ST = 0.2613 ead. Lt . G.2i4s 10s) 2 2 TH vib tion is the Cre FA, F 0.085 m ) c,= Fd, = 0.015 m. J = BE. -6,") = F(0.035*-0.018") = 2.2777 lof m Toe Ee. ye Te. Lear M 80 109) p14 510° Won = 17) kNem 2 Rb, Mattxto Yo.9) Ot 7 Imo VOR TIM F 5496110" tad Paane e (6) B= 0.010 m Pre -b = 0.085 - 0.0/0 = 0.025 m = 22. -V%y =e Ts hs ae om ok Q= Zk _ (180 x10%)(0.9) = 93,44 115? pad pr4al me GPr ~ 022% 10.025), Torque Ty cawrved by ebactic portion ¢,< PS Py T= % ot p= py. Te BEE where GF (py -6,) J, = F (0.0257- 0.018") = £34.07" 10" mo" p= LG ~(534.9741077) (180 x08) 1” "Pr 0.025 Torque Ty carried by plastic. portion e eel Ts aul a php = any Es Bales pe) = 3,845 *107 Nem = 2 (80 x10" )(0.035° - 0.028?) = 10.273 *1O* Nem Tobe? torque T= T4Ty = 3.845 elo? 4 10.273 ¥10" = 14.12 «107 Nem VQ Nem ot Problem 3.107 3.107 A hollow shaft is 0.9 m long and has the cross section shown. The steel is ‘assumed tobe elastoplastic with ty= 180 MPa and G = 77.2GPa. Determine the (a) tangle of twist at which the section first becomes fully plastic, (4) the corresponding magnitude ofthe applied torque. “sini 70m y | Geta 0.0m Cys da, = 0.085 m (0) For onset of fully plastic yielding, Py = Ce s b& . (0.9¥|a0x104) _ eeaes P* EE * (oowKrnaxior) ati ae = 8.02" ma 7 _ 3 a &) The aml zed = amGE Ios my (e3-o2) 520.015) = 14.89» 108 Nem 7 F ison le = 14.89 kN wd Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine All ght reserved. No pt ofthis Manual maybe displayed reproduced, ibd me any fora a by ay mea, he prior writen permision of the publisher, of asd Beyond the imiteddstbation to eachess land edvatrs permite by MeLinw-Hil for ther individ couree preparation, Augen ting he mama iui whoa permision 3.108 A steel rod is machined to the shape shown to form a tepered Prooiom 3.108 solid shaft to which torques of magnitude T = 8500 N'*m are applied. As- suming the ste! to be elastoplasic with ay = 145 MPa and G = 77 GPa, determine (a) the radius of the elastic core in portion AB of the shat, (6) the length of portion CD that romans fully elastic, (a) Tn portion AB etd 3/inm Te Sige PECK = Tees Gent d= 670 Wm. ~ BORIS) OBS Per One2% (062 3KS) = (93mm Pez NFB ine 70.623 (BH For yieketing ot peind C Bet, O=G&, T= PS00Nm - ER. Tet ~ BT [OER — 4. Fat Ce 7 Rony Ce Te Seay O0234 fy Using proportions fromthe sketch BUS 3304 KX ae IS = BT” RS HTB RT meme = 7869 mn. Propeictary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-fll Companies, Inc. Al ight eserved. No pat ofthis Manual maybe dpayed reprodoeed, oF srbted in by any means, witout the por writen peemisien of he publisher, weed beyou de lined bution fo eachees, sd educa peited by McGraw Mil fr ter individal course preparation, Asta! wy Is mane is sing out pornion, Problem 3.109 3.109 If the torques applied to the tapered shalt of Prob. 3.108 ate slowly increased, determine (a) the magnitude T of the largest torques that can he applied to the sha, (%) the length ofthe portion CD that remains fully elastic, 3.408 A steel rod is machined to the shape shown to form a tapered solid shaft to which tonues of magnitude T ~ 8500 N -m are applied. As- suming the stee! to be elastoplastic with 7 = 145 MPa and G == 77 GPa, determine (a) the radius of the elastic core in portion AB of the shaft, (b) the length of portion CD that remains fully elastic. dy The fargest torque that may be app fred is that whreh mmokas portion AB Fully pleshie™ In portion AB a= gals Bim Te = TEs Beye Bess Pusnse) = 6TPE NU € Fer Pull plastic chet pr T$% U-t As ar Te (78S v10°) = 046+ 7Nm. TT] 9068 KA hn mee QD For yiePebing ot poiwt C, T= %, CF Cx, T? I0467NK. ar 3 x = far - JOG TY = 024m, Tae OVE Saenees Using proportions Fromthe sketeh Sen 39, t 378-21 a 902 6S my ee eo Proprietary Materia, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lc. Al ight reserved. No pat ofthis Manoa maybe displayed epruced, of ‘ited in any foro by any means, who the plo weten pormlson ofthe publser, or used beyond cited sribaton teachers fn educators peried by MGrawHil fr tiindivkul course preparation. A tudon asin is manuals using without permission 9.110 Using the stess-strin diagram shown, determine (2) the torque that causes « maximum shearing steess of 105 MPa in 2 20-mm-diameter solid rod, (b) the corresponding angle of twist in a 0.6-m length of the rod Problem 3.110 raps) ne 4 a @) Tonge = 108 MPa eakd = ovolm el From the stress-strain diagram Youn 0.008 0 ommaiiammomioney Let z= x 2 €& veanl’ pyyp = met zr de = 2rer where He iwhegre? I is giver by I=! zt ae Evaluete. I using a method of numenced integration. IF Simpson’: Yule is boed, jhe inlegeation Boccote ig 8 cae T+ w2'*7 where w isa weighting Fassher. Being Az = 0.25, we get he the valves given im Fhe table bePow Z| Vv [Camm | 2cmm| ow | wea 2 | 0,000] 0 0.000 | 1 0.00 0,25 | 0.002 56 ae 4 a 0.5 | o:oot] % 21 a 42 075 |oo0c) 98 | ss | 4 | ozs 1.0 | 0.008] fos fer 1 ws 27-25<— Tw27 Ie Laas VG7125) = 226M, (ay T= anL= gn (oorP(sz6x0) = 2 Nin = Ge) Yawe = SP @- LG a (2:4)¢0.008) = 490 «tO ped = 27S * ~« Note? Answers may difen sfightPy due te difPerences ePopiaion in reading the stress-strain conve. 2.117 A hollow shaft of outer ad nner dances respectively equa to Problem 3.111 15 mm and 5 mm is fabricated from an aluminum alloy for which the stress- Stain diagram is ven inte diagram stn, Deter the forgue required toi a 0.225-m length of the shaft rough 1 rat na “ 6 2 @ = lo = 174.53 710" rad Cmnramimoncaan 7s RATER, Cm dd B7Smm t= CEE MIT S3x15*) peer eH 225 Ma, = S821 2-5 (174,515) sn Lot 225 <%= sie het 22 E a z= het 1 T+20 ¢ pode = ane? | gedz = 2ngI where the integral Tis gives by L = Sy ztrdz Evaluate using a method of numerical integration. IF Simpson's ule is used, the integration formuta is I= Beweie where w is a weighting Factor. Using Ans we get the valves given in the table” bePdw. z| | tam] 2te,mm| w |w2*eara ey 0.00 194 56 bam ' ban 2 | 0.00271 | 70 Ie 4 70 2/3 | 0.00383] Bos 3519 2 NN Sb 5% | 0.00485 UV 6319 4 252-76 1 0.00582 at 18 1 98 Het 49854 BY+CY*= Buz + CRL2* wher, Br 2787107 and C= ~1.290 "0" Ts ane (4 (B%2 OMe de - ane Br, (ade + OnE (l2haak = AM EL Ye ECM i = 21 (0.020)"7 ¥ (27.8% 107 1(0,008) + $ (- 1.370% 10" )(0.008)" ¢ F 1.900% 10" New T= 1.900 kN wm a © = Se Vn Oui 008 - 7 = bone - (2.280.008) 300% (0 rae p= l14 = Proprietary Materia, © 2009 The McGraw Companies, le, Allright cesrved, No pat ofthis Manan maybe diphyed repaduced or isurbuted tn ey fornor by any seins, witht the prior writen pension of the publisher, used Beyond she mie dston teachers td edcalors permite by Metal forthe dividual couse preparation. A shades sing this maa sing i witha! permission Problem 3.114 SOLUTION T = 8475 N+ m is app ‘mum residual shearing stees in the rod, c= _omm L fom ‘ T= Bet = FOr = 1-272 x16 ont 30 i mst. Seana ide tabe1) 643.0 Nn heading? T= yay, vs $u(1- &&) * 7 ST . y_ S479 _,, fra ea tsa OTE & 20.4739 Pe = 04739 = (2 om Unfoading? t= qe where T= 9476Nm = © (978) (ot, At pre ts UC 200 Pa AY p= oo CHIE) (oroty2) pe hanna ® = 1 MPa Resicuaf: Ve * Trg At pec Tree? ($4 — 200 = - $6 MIG M Phe Yag® ISIE = OF Moa. womimnun Tes S10 Pa Proprietary Material. © 2009 The MeGraw-Ill Companies, Ine. Alright reserved. No part ofthis Mana! maybe digplayed, reproduced. of Airbed in any for or by any seas, without the pir writen permission ofthe publisher, or used beyond te nied dient ech 1nd educators permite by MeCraw-Hil fr ther individ course pepo, A sade using this anu using i witout pono 8.414. The sold circular drill rod AB is made ofa steel that is assumed tobe elastoplastic with ry = 154 MPa and G = 77 GPa, Knowing that atorque to the rod and then removed, determine the maxi- ~ Problem 3.115 3.115 In Prob. 3.114, determine the permanent angle of twist of the rod. 9.114 The solid circular dill rod AB is mae of a stot thet is essumedd tobe clastoplastic with ry = 154 MPa and G~ 77 GPa. Knowing that a torque T = 8475 Nm ie applied to the rod and then removed, determine the maxi- mum residual shearing stress in the rd. From the solution to PROBLEM 3.114 Cr Samm Te borer’ me $e 5 0734 , Pr tdez bom APter dording = GE: oer be b& Le tom = gli tows) ‘yxy = ed = Bow Pro (ero 277x107 Y Were hee oe Doving onPosding gs (S415 xk Cefastic) Ts SIS or P63 rad = APE? Permanent twist ange Peon = Poand ~ PX bhoR = Ob653 = OSY32 gr 3) Ome Proprietary Matera. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Compantes, I. Aight esrve. No pat ofthis Manual may be iplayed reprobed or ‘srbted van form or by any means, without he prior writen person ofthe publisher, cr wed beyond lined dissin to teachers deduces pemited by McCraw frie dividual couse preparation A student esiag ths mana is using withoa permision. 4.116 Thehollow sat shown imate ast tats essumed tobe atopic Probie 16) with ty= 145 MPa and G '2GPa. The magnitude Pof the torques is slowly | inreated wet plaic zone fist aches the ive sre of the shal te Torgutarethenremoved. Determine the maga and ocaton the maxim 1» tesa shearing sss nthe od t= Ad, = 12.5 mm cpt hats BO mm some 3 When the plastic 2one reaches the inner surface, 25h the styess is equad to te. The covvesponcine torque is cadeuPated by integuetion. AT = ptda= pt (anp dp) = 2nt, prep a Te ane, { pd = 2 tT, (eb -¢3) = BF (raswi0t)[(gox1o? P- Cia. seid NY] = 7.6064 x10" Nem Untoading . T= 7,6064*10" Nem ae et ese) = Elegov- Cast] = 1.234 xto% mm = 1234 lo mt ‘oy = (16064 1o*MCi2.S+15*) I e ene TS ee otia. = 17.08: X/0" Pa = 77.05 MPa Gfx TEs (2606410) G0n10*) - 192. camo’ Pe = 192,63 MPa T 1.284 sO Inner surface? Ten = Te- U,'7 (48-77.08 = 67.95 MPa Ooter surlace? Tres ® Te~ Ty [4SH192.63 F-47.E3 MPa Maximum residual stress! 62,0 MPa at fnnew surface, <& Proprietary Materiat.© 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, In. All ighs reserved. No past ofthis Manoa maybe diplayed reproduced ‘anbated in any form or by any means, without be prior writen permission ofthe publisher cr wed beyond th ited Useaton to teaches nd educators permed by MeGraw-Hil for tet individual conse prepartion, Asien sing this manal is sing i without permission, Problem 3.117 3.117 In Prob. 3.116, determine the permanent angle of twist of the rod. 3.116 The hollow shaft shown is made ofa ste! thats assumed to be elastoplastic with ty= 145 MPa and G = 77.2 GPa, ‘The magnitude 7of the torques is stowly increased until the plastic zone first reaches the inner surface of the shaft; the ‘torques are then removed. Determine the magnitude and location ofthe maximum ‘residual shearing stress in the rod. = tad, = 12.5 mm Cz 7 ka, = BO mm When the plastic zone reaches the inner surtauce, the stress is equal to Tr. ‘The covresponding torque is cateuPated by integration. AT = prdd= pt (aap dp) = Unt prdp T= 21% , pap In led-cs) 2B (raswio*)[Caox10- (1a se/*Y] = 7.6064 110 Nem Relation ang fe at maximum tongue CrPrnwe ne ye Er. ineiicips wee z = Aisne cs) Porous gee time junsso*) = 0.75139 vad TF 1, 6064 x10* News lef-c*)= Eigoy*-asy' te 1.234 «10% mand = 12H] OF wn! (7.6064~J0* (5) 0.34922 red TAX 107)( | ABM IO) Perman angde of twist. Poeem® Prag” P' = O-TSIBO ~ O.B4I2A = O.35ROB vel Goon = 222° 8 nes, Ine All ight reterved. No pat ofthis Manual maybe displayed, reproduced or out the prior writen permission of te publisher, or wed beyond the imied dination to erchers thee ingividal couse prepara. A stent using hs manus i sing it without permission Proprietary Material © 2009 The MG iibuted in any far o by any meas, nd efeators permite by MeCiaw Hi Problem 3.118 a :118 The solid shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be clastoplastic 145 MPaand G =772GPa, The torques increased in magnitude anil ster the shaft hs een twisted throng 6 he tong then removed. Determine) mo the magnitude and location of the maximum residual shearing stress, (6) the permanent angle of twist C= OSI m P= G6 = 1O1IR™IO vad You SPs Leeete Med Teele 2s e.o027925 > Zot agrer 7 00018782 Bee Me 2 Q.0018 i € "YL, * “ceca = 067260 I= Bets ECooie)= poaaaaciont im? , TY 5 e Tr: *et = Ett = Tloorey(iysxio*) = 932.93 nem = = ig ze e, b> 5 F s ET (1-488 Y= Slaa2.98 r+ 4-67839)'] 11988 x/08 Nem ekestie, VNB SS 10% Nem 7 a (1.14 855% 107 ) (0.016 < oy At pec e oatbie eT 178-52 yo" Fa At P= pr ts = 17K. S2x)o% (0.67933) = 120.32 x10" Pa " ( 1:1¥855%10°)(0.6) eee gy nao \01 MAS 86. TH XI rsd = 4.97 Residued? yt Tr 0! Preen” Prag - 9" MM pc Tan = IS*IOS- 178. 52x10* = ~33.52x10° P. : - 33.5 MP, At p= fr Tos 7 WAS tO - 120, 38108 = 24.62: x 10° Pe 24.6 MPa Magi murs residual stiesst 325 MPa atpsi6mm (bY + 04.72 x|07~ BE. x10" = 17 7B HIS” ost Pern? 1082" Boe, Vn Donating —t'= TS = Se +20) $y at pre ‘2 até Residual Tut G- EGE = #0-#) Thad, set Tar aud pelo o- 17 de 2 Gee ge W) T= ant ptt ds = an p +n (1- ££) dp (e = argetf $Q)-BHES = ane, ( Set 7 ae aly ae A = Hue = 0.2209 GE 2 az = ate if- Proprietary Materal© 2009 The MeCGraw-¥6l Companies, Ine. Alright reserved, No par ofthis Manual maybe dplyed, produced, or iabted many form of by any means, without the pir writen permission ofthe publisher, oF sed beyond the Hine dissibution to teachers tnd educators permite by Metal forthe individual courte preparation Auden aking this mtual using i hou permission, ‘3.120 After the solid shat of Prob. 3.118 has been loaded and unloaded as described in that problem, a torque Ty of sense opposite tothe original torque T is appied to the shaft. “Assuming no change in the value of gr, determine the angle of twist for which yield is initiated in this second loading and compare it with the angle gy for ‘which the shat started to yield in the original loading. 3.118 The solid shaft shown is made of stel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with ty= 145 MPa and G ~77.2 GPa. The torque is increased in magnitude until the shaft has been twisted through 6”; the torque is then removed. Determine (a) the magnitude and location of the maximum residual shearing stress, (6) the permanent angle of twist, Problem 3.120 From the sefution fo PROBLEM 3.118 C=0.016m, L=0.6m ’ T= IS wot Pa, ST = 10z944 nie? The residoal stress at pre is Tne = 93.5 MPa For Poading in the opposite sense, tHe change in stress fo produce) reversed yielding is” T= Te - Te 2 WS 10% - 33.5% 10% = 1. SH10* Pa 2 ke . 2 TM, Gor aea x to MS 108) a aoraniee Te ete 0.0%6 = 717 Nn Angle of twig ding unden veversedt : BE GT 0" V0.0) gy ig 5 vad ae GY “Mme Yio t) ~ Angde of + Fer yiekdling in original Joading. ws ee % & « Lt O.c\IE# 108) | 7 . z . Pr = eG ~Oancaie) 7.434x10 red Qe 4.08 Qt 21 "omits Matr ©2009 Th McGraCompai Ie, Al siete Nop is Mai my bed repo o iibted in any form o by any means, withoutho price weiten permission of the publisher or wed eyood the Fined dsbuton to teaches tnd edvcators permed by McGrew il or hoi idvidanl coats prepction. A stent sing ts moma fusing witht pe Problem 3.124 5 ym @ a 25 mm 90m Th ° Bae” (b) eras erate cab” Yo.045 (0.015 PAI IOR era red 25mm y @ eto. Fron Table &! Cab Tim = (0,208 (0.0251(0.025)*(t0x104) (e166 5G.095 0.02 3.121 Using ran = 70 MPa and G~ 27 GPa, determine for each of the aluminum bars shown the largest torque'T that can be applied and the correspond g angle of twist at end B. Tay TOX10 Pa G27" 10" Pa L = 0.900 m (.) OF 4S mm b= mm Bx 3.0 From Table 3.1, 5 0.267, = 0.263 Pa T- cab. 10.048 \(0.015 (70108) = 184. 2N-m T = (89.2Nem —t PTs = S.1, Gyr 0.208 , c,- 0.1406 = 227.5 Nem Ts 228 Nem ot (22.7.5X0.100)__ FIBRO red Qe 74° Problem 3.122 Jr oa 0 = 166.9% 10 6d q=4se° = Ex1.0 . From Table 3.1, 6,7 0,208 , Cpr O.1YOE 200 - i BrdoR Ve. O1S Woon = ENSHIO Re Tonys GIS MPa at 3.122 Knowing thatthe magnitude of the torque Tis 200 N +m and that G= 27 GPa, determine for each of the aluminum bars shown the maximum shearing stress and the angle of twist at end B. Ts £05 Mem b= 0.900m (2) Oe 8S mm, be Freon Table 3.1 See Toe ™ Sabet 74,0 %10% Pa TL. ___ 000.420). P Goes = is)°(27™ 10") G= 27x10" Pa 1S mama Tag 14.0 MB ~ ° Eee yaar gs = 6.48 Plamaeay RMI ad Pe 6.95" a Problem 3.123 9.123. Using 74, = 50 MPa and knowing that G = 39 GPa, determine for each of the cold-rolled yellow brass bars shown the largest torque T that can be applied and the comresponding angle of twist at end B. ty boMba Le ord @ a=Sdmm b= Somm B= 35 mn Lo From TaMle 3.1 c,=0.208, 7 0.1406 pest seas 3 Toe Gale T+ Gabt.. 400mm T=. 208\G05)005)*(S0 x10) = (Z00NH Te 3 Nn a ATh. , Us 10° ort) P Gabse * © 106 \beS\O0s)( BIH = (STB x10 red pr 087 me (8) as Tom be 38mm B= 20. From Table 1 C7 0.246, €,°0.249 eee Tome Say T= Gab ZR. = (0,24 oNGos¥(S fro = (ety New T= bose kN. ST x10? 0-4) - : CRGDOR Ein TSN ad drodor > =e SEeee Lee P* Goes ~ 8.128 Knowing thet T= 800 N-m and that G = 39 GP, detemine Problem 3.124 ‘for each of the cold-rolled yellow brass bars shown the maximusn shearing stress snd the angle of twist of end B. T= oan Ls orgm Sm la) SDM b= komm Fs LO 0m = From Tolle 3.1, €,20.208, c,= 0.1406 Cou Bee Bo077 Po 8.2OB GS VGCLY Comat 30°17 Wf ms i Th (hoo )(0e 4) ) ? CALS ~ (0.1466 Ge \Gol)Bio00% 10") = BY KIO vad Posse cogs = Boo) (o-m) = COKE © (0-229) 0167 (0.035) 29K) OUG tad Gro bay? a Problem 3.125 3.125 The torque T causes a rotation of 2° at end B of the staintess steel bar shown, Knowing that 6 = 20 mm and G = 75 GPa, determine the maximum shearing stres in the bar. BO wm = 0.030 my b= 20 mm 0,020 m @+ 22 = BH. IOTHIO™* vad 2." a a _ bee tome = 2 Oe = -E oie LS, From Table 31, 4 = 02231. @, 2 2198S (Of ISB) (RO #107} C15 4107 (34,907 x1) e (0.231) 501073) 54.2 10° Pa Tong? S42 MPa, Problem 3.126 3.126 The torque’ causes 4 rotation of 0.6° at end B ofthe aluminum bar show. Knowing that 6 = 15 mm and G = 26 GPa, determine the maximum shearing stress in the bar. 2 30 wm = 0.080m , b= Imm = 0.015 m Foe P= 0.6" = 10.472 * 10 ved - = A = C10 EP RP aase 8 Ts SMREEE ~T, . Gob’G? _ abee Tour FOG * Gabl * “aL 2 & = Be =2.0. From Table 31, c= 0-286, 8. 2ABUS 10 MRE % 109 YC J0.472 x10) (0.946) (750™ Jo-*) 0.224 r = SO7K10% Py Trax? 5207 MPa tt Proprstary Materia. © 2009 The MoGr ierbued in any frm or by ay mean, wt i Companies, nc All vighs reserved. No prt ofthis Manual maybe displayed eprdace, or he plo wten persion of te publisher, of wed beyond the limited dsuibutin fo teochers fd edueatrs peste by Metal for ter individ cores preparation. A student using this mana ising it without permission, Problem 3.127 8.127 Determine the largest allowable square cross section of 8 steel shaft of length 6 m ifthe maximum shearing stress is not to exceed 120 MPa when the shaftis ‘twisted through one compleie revolution. Use G= 77.2. GPa, LeGm, = ov Pa, Ge 7722MlO° Pa De trey = Rr rid T ope Gout 9* aise Divide to eliminate Ty then soPve for b, B= oaks She ole we b= BE For wcquane cross section Belo From Table 3.! C,= 0.203, O.1406 bp = LOOM ROMO Yo 2 noses" yy b+ 220mm at (ON406 177.2 10" (AY th of a stainless steel shaft not to exceed 105 MPa Problem 3.128 3.128 Determine the langst allowable fs a= ldmm, b=9 mm, Lang? 105 MPa Qe 1S? = HEE pad = 0.26180 vas tote a) cab? a) Divide (2) by (1) te eLiminate Te ge = aekl - fe Sefve tow L. (es gige é e aa aR Table B.1 gives G= 0.246, c= 0.229 Lx (2-929Kor209 U77 x107)(0, 20180) 1609 m eee (0.246 (ros 10 *) Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, In. Al rights reserved No pt ofthis Manual maybe diplyed reproduce’ or 27S New) Tnan® SOn10% Fre @) Square? a=b ie ie From a Bl 6,2 0.208 Toone’ be pe eet *- floats = 29.8¥10"> m B= R18 mn at : -Te.2T (6) Civelet tua TE 3E c- JE = {S@sr = 15.1815" on Is.18e b (2) RectangdeS a= 1.26 From Table 3.1 3.219 Ty = BIS - lnm.” of C2 VO.219Y(SOuTor) = ALE KIO He be Proprietary Matril.© 2009 The McGraw-Hill Compan stated in ay frm a by any meas, out he prior lan edocatrs permite by McCraw Hil for thet india In. Allsight reserved. No pat of his Mancal may be dap permission of the publisher, or used beyond the imited dst separation. A stent using this manual is using it without person, 3.130 Each ofthe three aluminum ba Problem 3.130 ee shortest allowable length ofeach bar. shown is to be twisted through an angle of 50 MPa, and G = 27 GPa, determine the > A= BH, 97 HIT” vn, B= S0>l0° Pa J S = 27410" Pay b= 20 mms 0.080 m For square ond ntctanade = ook apt P “EabS Divicle te ePimirte Ty then sede far b cab l abe a Gabe “Ge (a) Square? Ex lo ; From Teble 3.1 6=0.208, 657921906 [= (2.M260.020XAMm107 (34.907 10°) zeny) (0, 208)( 50 «10%) L= 382mm 003m Fel.0 From Table Bl Cy = 0.208 Tun = cam T= Ab ing T= (0.208) (01038) (21038)*(6x10® ) T6397 Nm be) Cirefet c= 4b = 14mm ees Ton? TS BR re Fett, T= Z(ewia 56x06) T= 603 Nm me (©) Rectangfet — =(I.2138)7 45:6mm Zeta From Table 3.1 C= O24 T= COU Tang = C219) Coro4s6)(01088)*(s6x10%) Tr 87m be dled, reproduced, or itd dation wo teachers, i without persion, nc llrightsreserved. No prt of his Manual iden persion of the publisher, or wed beyond course prepa. A sade ng tia manual ss Proprietary Materia, ©2009 The MeGrav-It0) Comps ‘iste tn any form or by any means, without the prior a edvators permitted by McGraw Hi for ther indivi Problem 3.132 3.132 Each ofthe theee aluminum bars shown is o be twisted through an angle of 2°. Knowing that B= 30 mm , r= $0 MPa, and G = 27 GPa, determine the shortest allowable length of each bar. P= 2s BH, V7 HIS ved = SOxl0* Pe G = 27«10" Pa b= 30 wm = 0.030 m Fron square ond nectangle esa Paar Divicle te Prise T3 then solve far L Be ere bek _ &beg tC Gabe bt meg ©) Sqvaret Ex lo wt Fron Tabfe 3.1 6, = 0.208, ¢,70.1¥06 = (GH0610.030%2%1 ON(34.907 109) _ 3 u ier k (©. 208)(50x10*) eee Poeaenete ib) Civele G=$h = 0.015 m Te o- Th r Gr vide te eliminde T; ten sole he Lo 2. 2b tT e6r ee = £E2 174109 (84.9 07> 10%, a Leaps : ee Cd Rectangle a-12b E42 From Teble 21 ies: (0.1661X0.030X27 x 10% US4.907 « 107°) = 424vi8%m L424 mm Hes Bh. Gr FOU Square? C,= 0.208 fron Table 3.1, te? ap = aes 2 Ta? OU te eH ay “Rete Ta Tar Ta a ne ere" sb @yoaa ye 7 Ie Problem 3.134 For equal stresses For equa? aveas WC*= b's bate Cirde? Thy = = So 2 Qe me Sqvare? Tabfe BL, c= 0.208, C2 = O.1F06 = fe Ta * - 3 Te = Batt 7a Te = 0.208 F % Tel _Oaoa BL _ 14794 LB %e* Gave = SHG = be eet aa eels ea HG b& a Red > SE GRare, = 0.01 BR cre dt % 4.134 Shafts A and Bare made of the same materist and have the same length and cross-sectional area, but A has a circular cross section and 2 has a square cross section, Determine the ratio of the maximum values of the angles 4 and 9p ‘through which shafts 4 and B, respectively, ean be twisted. Let c=nadius of ateculer section A and b= side of sqvare section B. T= To 0.676 LAGS = Problem 3.135 3.135 A340 Nm torque is applied to a 1.Smlong steel angle with ‘an L102 X 102 X 9.5 cross section. Hom Appendix C, we find that the thick- ress of the section iy 9.5 mun and area is 1850 mun'. Knowing that G ~ 77 GPa, determine (a) the maximum shearing stress along fine aa, (b) the angle of fist b= 95 mm , = C,+4(|- 0.680 2) = 0.3230 SOE een so eS Gabt = GawoKo- Ae cacoge = S77 mee an aie GBeY(NP) a is as GAPS “PBN wo TIT 7 (ATH rio ved IE Pays mt 3.136 A 3-mvlong steel angle fas an £203 x 152 x 12.7 cross section, From Appendix C. we find tha the thickness of the section is 12.7 mm and that its area is 4350 mm*. Knowing that r= 50 MPa and that G = 77.2 GPa, and ignoring the effect of stress concentration, determine (a) the largest torque that can be applied, (6) the corresponding angle of twist * be 127mm as ? Equivatert rectengte. ae ft AF M850 em ABS = 342. 5mm a. = 26.97 Lana 152 127 : b Qs es $(1- 0.6302) = o.32ss5 (Tame = on Lap = 50*|0% Pe T= Gab ZH, = (0.32555)(26.47715 "C1274 18*) ($0 *10°) = 70.807 Nem TE 70.8 Nem me be) See eeeeeee : \O72% 107) = 0.15299 rad —=377° Proprietary Materia. © 2009 The McGrath Companies, ne. lights ese Nop of hs Manual ay be day rpotaced of Aisibted i ny fom or by any means, without epee weten permission of he publisher, raed beyond hs hime dstbton to eshere tnd educators permite by MeGraorHhil for ht idividua course preparation, A student esing tenant ising i without persion Problem 3.137 9.137 An 24.m steel member with a W200 % 46.1 cross section is sub- jected to 2 560 Nm torque. The properties of the rolled-stee! section are given in Appendix C. Knowing that G= 77 GPa, determine (a) the maximum shew- ing trees along line a-4, () the maximum shearing stress along line B-b, (2) the angle of twist. Hint: consider the web and flanges seperstely and obtain a relation between the torques exerted on the web and a flange, respectively, by ‘expressing that the resulting anglos of twist are equal.) SOLUTION Wi Efange: ae 2e3mm, belimm, Sa 2 har os G2tQ- 0.6308) = 0302 o> eae Te cab! Soe = KpGP where Ke a Ke = (0-322 0203 Moro = 7 KI Ind Web? @= s03-@//)= MBimm, b= 72mm, ae 2M c+, = $C) -aesod)= 0.8249 Tos Gabe = 82 tee k= cab 3 Ky = (0.3249 VorlPI)(oo072 * = 29S ¥ For matching Hist ongdes a Teta? toque T= 2Tp + Ty = (Kea Ky SE = a3Koroy) nae ee iat ) tr eBe = > om = 2057 MAa ~ © SE ede where Le 24h p= toe C7 NANE Te5" 54° 8% xio* rad = SI? ~—t Problem 3.138 3.138 A 3c1n-long steel member has a W250 x 58 cross section. Knowing that G = 77.2 GPa and that the allowable shearing sess is 35 MPa, determine (a) the largest torque T that can be applied, (6) the corresponding angle of twist. Refer to Appendix C forthe dimensions of the eosssoction and neglect the effect of stress auras ‘concentrations, (See hint of Prob. 3.137.) Flange? 2 208 mm, br 18.5mm, Zs 1504 C=C, = $(1-0.6302)= 0.3194 sa-leh 3G | SO % "opie * Tes Cab kee Kp = (0-3194Y(0, 2030,0185) = 159.53x)0"7 m* Web: O = 262 -@IISSI= 2S mm, b= 3mm oo 3, G=c,=$(1-0.68b) = 0.2254 . z 2 GO Ge Pu= aaee Te Gabe SE = Kay 5 = (0.3254\(0.225)(0,.008)°= 37.54 10-7 m* For matching twist angles Pr= Qu Q Tote? torque? T= 21, 4Tu = (2kpa ky) Se T ~ eT a 2ke + K, Ware > Te Tage 7 TT Te ee Rkeeke 7, APfowshle value for T based on abfosabte valoe for Tet T= aby = (0.5199 0.203\o.05)(asxjot) = 413.6 Nem = QUS4.53) + (37.59) e Ts Soe (413.6) = 924.5 Nem Allowable vobue For T basedon aflowahte value For Tw Ty = Gable = (0,3289\(0.225 (0.008) sxjo") = 164.25 Nem Te (a\isr si) s7sy, (164.25) = 1560 Nem Choose aa valve Ts 225 Nem =< (724-5) 3.00) ea le pul ‘aut i > 9 (eye “Gsc.cmiet naw OTIC 2 6.77° Problem 3.139 4.139 A tosque 75 kN - m is applied toa hollow shaft having the eros section Shown. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine the shearing om stress at points @ and b. Tr S10? New Aves bounded by center Pine = bh = GAS) + 7.725H1F wer = 1485x108 m* M point at Gm = 0.006 m . rele Oa RA” Bovseye.aasxie*y = 52.5 10" Pa T: 62.5 MPa 8 M pent b B= lOmm = C.0!0m vote oy fn = BIS ulo* PR Ee 31.5 MP. U" Fie. = Wow aewasy ~ B-Selo Pa Capita Problem 3.140 3.140 A torque T™~ 750 kN - mis applied to the hollow shaft shown that has uniform 8-mm wall thickness. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, {determine the shearing stress at points a and. Detaid of corner, di xt = @ tan3o" b= 90-28= 76.144 mm Avea bounded a center fine Q-3bEb = Bee Berea) = 2510.6 vam = 2510.6 *107° m b= 0,008m - TSO. ra = Gy@.bes Gastonia) = 18.67K10% Pa T= 18.67MPa Problem 3.141 3.141 A 750-N - m torque is applied to a hollow shaft having the eross section shown and & uniform G-mm wall thickness. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, detemine the shearing stress at points a and b (<> Avea bounded by center dine, Q = 2E (G3) + (CONG = 7881 me = 738) ¥10-* L = 0,006 m at bath a and b Then of potets & and b, Eirebasbnstnd? <1. eSsenasneahaserEanes = * BYoloae amis) RATE Ps 8.87 MPa a Problem 3.142 3.142 A 90-N - m torque is applied to a hollow shaft having the cross section Shown, Neglecting the effect of stress coneenttations, determine the shearing stress at points a and b 0 se 4mm = ouMeo er ceurees “Cera CO = Sense ~31089 6 Tle9)* © 2370 mal = 2398 116 ak T= 9M mu 20.01 G47 BE" ipie ean) [1 _ fem . CRE” Ta alaean 2M Problem 3.143 3.143. A hollow brass shaft has the cross section shown, Knowing that the shearing stress must not exceed 84 MPa and neglecting the effect of stress ‘concentrations, determine the largest torque that can be applied to the shat mie ! Cnfewlate the aren bounded by the center Pine ie Vj smn oF the wall evess section. a The aren ike rectangle sais / with two semiveivevtan = J chev. ah S G 12ham lL 195 win - t brae-F = zomm I Ws 180 ~ 12 = 158 mm VF 3G = 2-5 = 35-5 mm. 3 Q= bh- a(Ev) = G20yiza)- TES) = 12600 me 2 126m Tran = WE. Tames 84 MPa Lorin = 0805 hy T= ZO tes, Cone = (QMlbeE (0-005 84x10") = 10584 Mh Ts 10-58 kim be dapayed, reproduced oF ‘roprictary Matera, © 2009 The MeCraw-Hil Companies, ne, Alright reserve. No pat of this Manual or by any aeans, thot the pier writen permission of he publisher, or wsed Beyond nd educaor petmited by MeGrew-Hil forte ndvivalcoueeprepartion, A student ig ths eamul fusing it without persion Problem 3.144 3.146 A hollow member having the cross section shown is formod from sheet ‘metal of 2-mm thickness. Knowing that the shearing stress must not exceed 3 MPa, determine the largest torque that ean be applied to the member, em 48 som Avea bounded by i LLELLLN* Rereet eect a ” “Ey Qs Cake allie ie 0m = 704 man” = 70¥ x16 m 2 b = 0,002m Cyt TF RE Oz = ANo.002\Go4m0* (ax i0%) = 8.45 Nem T= 8.45 Vira, Problem 3.145 8.145 and 3.146 Anollow member having the cross section shown is be formed frou: sheet metal of 1.5 mim thickness. Knowing that « 140 N +m torque will be applied to the member, determine the smallest dimension d that can be used ifthe shearing stress is not to exceed 5 MPa, Avea bounded by centerSine QL = los#85) (010725) = (o08/)A = 010/09] — 10S15A br hsmm, E+ SMPa , r= eRe Te GoNm ue eee = Er 0° 0109) 00S d = Io Hee Teeesiyeeady = 0100932 001KP aE FP q 010306 m da Foeb hem, soe 3.145 and 3.146 Abollow member having the cross seetion shown is bbe formed from sheet metal of 1.5 mm thickness. Knowing that x 140 N= m torque will be epplied tothe member, determine the smallest dimension d thet ‘can be used if the shearing siress is not to exceed 5 MPa. Problem 3.146 Aven bounded by conten OL = (0-148 )(0-073.6-d) + 01048 ch = 0101091 — 0-14, BebSmm, te Supa, Te Wonm- > aa 2 "HEE ito ovojogt — orf = @ooeis Sue) * 0, 00933, 7 00S = gol LP im A/G Pin at Weed 3.147 A hollow eylindrical shaft was designed with the cross section shown in Problem 3.147 Fig. (J) to withstand a maximum torque 7. Defective fabrication, however, resulted in a slight eccentricity ¢ between the inner and outer eylindrical surfaces ‘of the shaft as shown in Fig. (2). (@) Express the maximum torque T that can be safely applied to the defective shaft in terms of To , e, and 1. (B) Calculate the percent decrease in the allowable torque for values of the ratio e/t equal to 0.1, 0.5, and 0.9, C.4ee (a) Fev both configurations = m( AB} Let £= C.-C, be the thickness of (1) The oninimum thickness of @) ‘s t-8. For) Ca? Zar For @) Muza fn. - tb Forming the ratte ee A T-Rd-#) () Reduction in torque, pam =< Expressed 05 a “Po te veduction = £4100 % Problem 3.148 3.148 A cooting tube having the cross section shown is formed from a shect of stainless steel of 3-mm thickness. ‘The radii ¢y = 150 mm and ¢2 > 100 mm are measured to the center fine of the shect metal. Knowing that a torque of magnitude T= 3 KN - mi applied to the tube, determine (a) the maximum shearing stress in the tube, (6) the magnitude of the torque cartied by the onter circular shell. Neglect the dimension of the small opening where the outer and inner shells are connect Aven bounded by center fine, Q= WeP- cS) = 1(1S0"- lod) = 39,27108 mn” (ay Ur 1L76 MR wt bY T= (amgttc) = ameter = 20 (0,150)"(0.008) (12.78 #105) = 5,4 «108 Nem Te SHO ene Proprietary Material. ©2009 The MeGraw-Alil Companles, ne All ght reseed No prt of hi Manta may be displayed rependced ct sigrboted i ty form ory any means, without the poe writen permission of he pals, ce wed beyond the lniteddstrbtion teachers ‘a eeatorspexmited by MeGrawil fo tei invidunt curse prepara. A stu sing hs manus wsing without person 3.149 qual torques are applied to thin-walled tubes ofthe same length L, seme Probiems 140 ‘Dickness f, and same radius c. One of the tubes has been slit lengthwise os shown. Determine (a) the mii tp of the maximum shearing stescs in the tubes, (2) the ratio yy pF the angles of twist of the shafts Without _sdit Avea bounded by centertine? = we* oe Co, aca amet To ancté % - &. 3c ae = Matera ©2009 The McGraw it Compan Alissa Nos fis Mama may be apy ed sate ram or by any means, without the prior writen permission ofthe publisher, or sed beyond the ited dsribution to tea fo edeatr perited by McCaw for thir inivdul couse preperation. Astient ving this manual rus without permision. 3.150 A hollow cylindrical shaft of length £, mean radius ex, and uniform Problem 3.150 thickness ¢ is subjected fo a torque of magnitude 7. Consider, on the one hand, the values of the average shearing stress tae and the angle of twist g obtained from the elastic torsion formulas developed in Secs, 3.4 and 3.5 and, onthe other ‘hand, the corresponding values obtained from the formulas developed in See. 3.13 for thin-walled shas. (a) Show thatthe relative ecror introduced by thin-walled-shaft formulas rather than the elastic torsion formulas isthe aye nd p and Urat the relative error is positive and proportional tothe ratio f/m @) Compare the percent ercor corresponding to values ofthe ratio fm of 0.1,0.2, and 0.4, Let y= outer pactivs = Cath and 6, = fans radios = GA-¥T J=Eel- cf) = E(chs cMewe,(e.-6,) = El cas cut + G tt Can Cub + fE7)( 26.) £ = amare de*) ent Bee eee T= °F * GENHVE pees et RENO & Ares bounded by centerdine. Qo> Tn v ee we REQ BNE ge = Dae §# - Tilo) Te FHSS E 4anas yt an cst6 ios? ane hee _ at (@) Ratios? = * West = = 1+4& = B® TL ame hP ets _ i a MltS TL . a, fe z ot was Bae Ge - : Hon _ [0.0025 fe 0.25% « 3.451 Knowing that «10 m-diameter hole hs ben led trough each Propionie-171, of the sha Af, BC, and CD. rnin (2) he satin which te maxim Shearing stress cocrs,() the magne ofthat stress. sdtio)= Simm Shaft AB? T= TON x= tda = (omm T= B(ef-c,")= E(owt'- o.eos") 90 dey = 5090 Nig = thm Flbet ans Tock Tera _ (fo)(osei) . : Lome Lt. = 6le1 MPG Pargest Man = 20m t 14-75K1 cee cat fab = 12S mmm Shaft BC? Te -9e+2710 = [80Nm T= Elat- 6%) = E@o2s’-o005")= 37-37 x10 Th Shaft CD! To = 4042704110 = 240 Nm Cae gee = IS may T= Ble G4) = Elois"-croes") = 18-54 x1 Ant toy = Tee o Pree) 2 ge3q MPa J 18. SaKIT" Answers? (9) ShaPt AB (b) 66 1 Mh = Propritary Material. © 2009 The Me Gray Companies Ine, ll ight reserved. No pr of tis Maal stay bo displayed reproduced of Sieben any fern ot by ay means wet the por writen permission of te publisher or ued been the Hasteddnution Wo esehtes tral edcatars ported by MGs Ht fr thirndvidul couse preparation, Ader sing this mle sng without permision Problem 3.152 3.152 A sto pipe of 300-mm outer diameter is fabvicated from 6mm thick plate by welding along a helix which forms an angle of 45° with a plane perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Knowing chat the maximum allowable t sile stress inthe wold is 84 MPa, determine the largest torque that can be appli to the pipe, 1 Syeda, = Goo) =160mm C= G2 — bt 0 - b= Md mm T= 67 EN = Problem 3.153 3.453. Porthe alusinam shaft shown (G= 27 GP, deterinine (a) tetongue ‘that causes an angie of twist of @,(b) tho angle of twist eaused by the same 12 [bs Metching aneas Az 1e* Veret = fami saoa® = 0.014 » {orque T in a solid cylindrical shaft of the same Kength and cross-sections area C4,818107 yak 5 LL 25m B(0.018* 0.012") = 132,324 410" 0” 110° (64, 813x107) aL eee es = 199.539 New Ts 194.5 Nem mm nm (eq. ec?) ts Eloorsac® = 50.894 x10" m = ENS TIO” wack pr 10.40° = Problem 3. 3.154 The solid cylindrical rod BC is attached tothe rigid lever AB and to the ihictbiad Fixed support at C. The vertical force P applied at A causes a small displacement A at point A. Show that the corresponding maximum shearing stress in the rod is ca t=3g8 ‘where dis the diameter ofthe rod and G its modulus of rigidity. Lever AB foras troogh _ angle @ to position A'G as shown in the auvidiary Figure. a Vertical displacement ig A= a sing a from whieh @ = arcsin & The wrogtinum shearing stress in rod BC is A Cn = CTry = CSL = GIP = GF aresing For smal A aren hw & - Gab Toon = Fla. ae Proprietary Material. ©2009 The MeGrav-Hill Comps seed or arte any form or by any sans, witht the peor ino teachers decor permite by MeGraw- Hi fo their individual anual sig it without permission. Problem 3.155 3155 Two solid steel shafts (G = 77.2 GPe) are connected to a coupling disk Band to fixed supports at A and C. For the loading shown, determine (2) the reaction at each support, (b) the maximum shearing stess in shaft AB, (c) the 250 i ‘maximum shearing stress in shaft BC. tr Shalt AB T 2 They bag = 0-290m 5 EA 2 28mm = 9.085 mn San etn ere oe } Ji, Sus Fet= Floons = cis.s4s15* os soln fc f° ES Ta? aes Qt (1.221013. 54610 + 286.e70" 9, Shoft BC T= Tee, beet 0.250m, € = Fol = 1Fmm = 0.014 m Joc = Fels E@.o19\" = 204.71 015? m* a: oF I Axto" UA meee pee Tee Tf Cis = S3.214x to Equidibriom of couphing disk T+ Tat Te LY x1o™™ 23CB4T HI GQ, + 63.24 10> Gy Pat 46657410 pad, The = (236.8479 10")(4. 6657/0") F 110S06¥10" Nem Tac? (63.214 « 10° C4, 6657% 10°) = 294.9% Nem (0) Reactions at supports , The Tin? HOSNem = Tos Tre = 285 Wem tb) shearing stress in AB, € , UL tOSOCKNO*WO.02S) ye gio Pe Agr 45.0 MPa EET (CV Matin oer shearing s ress_in BOL tae F Tece . (244. 74.) (0.01% ae Tee 204.71 x10" 27.4% 107 % Toc? 214 MPa. —e Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, le. Al iht reserved, No part ofthis Manual maybe displayed, repostce, oF ‘isibutedInany form o by any mets, withoat the prior writen permission of he publisher or wed beyond the Hite dsuibuten to teachers fn eluators petted by MeGiaw-Hil for heir indivdaal course preparation. A tenting Ove manual ising without peumision Problem 3.156 3.156 ‘The composite shaft shown is twisted by applying a torque T at end A. Knowing that the maximum shearing stress in the steel shell is 150 MPa, determine the corresponding maximum shearing stress in the aluminum core. Use G= 77.2 GPa for steel and G = 27 GPa for aluminum. SOLUTION 40 oa Let Gy) Shy and 7, veFer te the afuminum core. and Gay Jz, and% veer to the steel? shell. At the outer surface on the stees shel, a er Bre Pe ak At the outer surface of He afyminum core, ye tO. AK - 2 tee eee ae Matching 2 for both components, t £2 9.030 * Solving for %, Te = BEET, = Soyo - LASS isoxiot = 39. am/0% Pa, U-343MPa Propriciary Matril- © 2009 The MeGraw-Ihil Companies, Ic. All igh eserved. No pat ofthis Manual msy be displayed, reproduce, or Shee FELT, stese, 20. 21a For equd strenes, 20 + STS -o' = cfc, ce ACS 24 let x= Z XY b e ow Ke Tae Solve by successive cpproximctions stoping with Xo= 1.0% m2 WR = user, t,o [RG = 1216, wz YR RE = LO PRAT = 1.21 (convened) thy= 2.220 = NRA, Xe a aes aa wee SB etaa Gra Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw Hil Companies, ae Allright reserved. No part ofthis Manca! may be daplyed, reproduced, oF hou the prior writen permission ofthe publisher, or red beyond th med dst bution oats ifr ther individal couse preparation A sade using this anual is sig it wihot person Asrbsted fe any foe by any sd educuor ported by MeGra 4.161 One ofthe two hollow steel driveshafts ofan ocean ier is 75 m long Problem 3.161 and has the cross section shown. Knowing that G = 77.2 GPa and that the Shaft transite 44 MW to i propeller when stating at 148 rpm, detemsine (a) the maximum seang sss inthe shal, (2) the angle f vist ofthe =] shaft ie mmm Le Sm, Fe WWepm = BE = 24 Ha 220 | Pe 4d Mw = 4axioS Ww PrarkTs T RNIB «IOS Wom qt + Ps 0mm = 0.160 m = $= BE. Mom = 0.290 m T= Elcr-c y= Foe" - 0.160") = j0.08 x18? m (ar ve Eee , Garerio“Wose) = ga.qaviot Pas 33.9 KPa =e 0) g= Te 2 Garment Eds zei.griot md = ise we 162 Two shafts are made of the same material, The cross sect .quare of side 6 and that of shaft B is acicle of diameter b. the shafts are subjected to the same torque, determine the ratio t4/ty of the ‘maximum shearing stresses occurring in the shafts. Problem 3.162 0.208 (Table £.i) Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeCraw-Hlil Companies, ne. Al sights tested, No pat ofthis Mansa may be displayed reproduced, oF ELERIESTS =e, = yt Ply Core Og pue_ro yy Tovave at Git TAU, = O0¢/2Ie nar Pilg = ht Gok Foe 7 Ben enT: UNTO, (0) = UMTE_/L) > UNIT Pitt Sgt Flume, lr) = & Br - Se mir do) HEN Tg FT) + Te TAU, = TAU, +75 lum THU; ) AUULE OF TUNST! “TIL Ply = Pale +7~(0m7 M1) 0.295 kien “11105 kN m= Ts Element, tou max Angle of Twist pa) (dearees) 1 45.024 0.267 2 27.315, 1267 ma 9.767 Nm TB = -50.232 xm PROBLEM 3.C4 3.C4 The homogeneous, solid eylindrical shaft AB has a length L, a di- ameter d, a modulus of rigidity G, and a yield strength 7y. It is subjected toa torque T that is gradually increased from zero until the angle of twist of the shaft has reached a maximum value ¢y and then decreased back to zero. (a) Write a computer program that, for each of 16 values of $,, equally spaced lover a range extending from 0 to a value 3 times as large as the angle of twist at the onset of yield, can be used to determine the maximum value T,, of the torque, the radius of the elastic core, the maximum shearing stress, the per ‘manent twist, and the residval shearing stress both at the surface of the shaft ‘and at the interface of the elastic core and the plastic region. (B) Use this pro- gram to obtain approximate answers to Probs. 3.114, 3.115, anid 3.118. SOLUTION © AT _owser of ELD £6.(2) UNLeA bins (ELASTIC) R, Dys pneLe oF pwr For yrLonoind Ye THU AT pre 7g= Tw ar p=Py Ra SUPERPOSE LOADING AND UNLERDING oe G20 To d= 3d, vsint 02 Fy INCREMENTS 7 ct ' e ie bdy! TEE eral he ty 2 Wien b> byt 7m use Bal) — (% VSL EGL2) Pesivom: ty bundy ye i % Tat OH & — Tee Jer contiNuED PROBLEM 3.C4 - CONTINUED 3.115 TA R) kn mon 3o4PO 4044 BortkPo 25 OBS C8147 BITT ae TOS Fo bbe RTP 13-843 10: Ibo RY 16.000 16-000 16.000 16 000 16.000 16-000 131333 111429 10/000 tess ‘000 i213 [687 tsa cna '333 | Tau PHIP TAURI Tau RE Mea Be mPa Mea ° ° ° ° Glory oO oO o [$690 411 9003BG - 320139 Tras. RATS EAM 28372 1 IT - 48817 tee ENGI BOISE LH RIP 49693 am PHP, TaURZ.—TaUR? MPa eg ‘MPa Pa 9.000 0.000 6,000 9.000 29°00 0.000 0000-0000 58-000 0000-0008 .000 87-000 0.000 0000 -0:000 116.000 0.000 01000-0000, 345.000 0.000 91000-0000, 145.000 © 0128071398 -20.363 345.000 0.759 a9!4ag "301719 4451000 11405311542 "361533 445-000 -2:118 431197 “40 L046 M5000 21859 §11354 42299 145.000 31624 591384 "43.794 345.000 4140251901. “aale37 145.000 5.188 711699 "45.583 345.000 5.980 76.739 461332 345/000 «6.776 «11452 461543, Proprietary Material, © 2009 The MeGraw-Hl Companies, Ine. Allright esersed No pat ofthis Manat maybe displayed reproduced, or Aisbated many form or by any means, without the pee writ uission of the publisher, or wed Beyond the Fmited drition to teachers ant educators permitted by MeGraw- Hil or hei indiviual courte preparation, A stort using ht mana i sing it without prmiticn, 1 3.C8 The exact expression is given in Prob. 3.158 forthe angle of twist PROBLEM 5.C5 ofthe solid tapered shaft AB when a torque T is applied ag shown, Derive ea approximate expression for the angle of twist by replacing the tapered shaft by ‘cylindrical shafts of equal length and of radius r, = (n + i — 4)(c/n}, where i= 1,2,....n. Using for 7, £, Gand ¢ values of your choice, determine the percentage error in the approximate expression when (a) n= 4,(6)m = 8 (@)n = 20,(d)n = 100. SOLUTION ‘ew, Freee. Ee eet hi ar Gat of Hs (aid ger = vase ae (44) Gu: feres eniz vance OF TL, Gam ec, “Tien: erection valies can ee enenen) EN 781 pprAk VALUE OF BEWe Fore EATER 1 = NUMIBELE CYLIMPRICN SHOE TS For b=) 7? 0, UREA x Papt ah uzn7 or Peoetars conpercriwr of 1™1/0e"4 Exact coefficient from Prob. 3.158 is 0.18568 Nonber of elemental disks =n n approximate exact, percent error 4 0.17959 0.18568 -3.28185 8 0.18410 0.18868 “085321 20 0.18542 0.18568, 0113810 100 0118567 0.18868 0.00554 ‘Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. All sghs reseed. No pat of hie Manval may be displayed, reproduce, of {isibated oy formar by any means, wou the pelo wlteapenmision ofthe publishes, or used beyond the Limited dBrbution to cachers fan edvestors ported by McGraw: Hil for tet lndividal course preparation, A stident wing this aaa usagi without permission 3.C6 A torque T is applied as shown tote long, hollow, tapered shaft AB of uniform thicktess 1 The exact expression for the angle of twist of the Shaft can be obiained from the expression given in Prob. 3.153. Derive an ap- proximate expression for the angle of twist by replacing the tapered shat by 1 cylindrical rings of equal length and of radius r, = (n + i — })(c/n), where 1,2... m Using for 7, L, G, ¢ and ¢ values of your choice, determine {he percentage error in the approximate expression when (a)n = 4,(H)n (c)n= 20,(d) n= 100, SOLUTION Since Tuk aier is Love 6 ksky Tae AME YS stom ano we can UE bs rE pupekMest CF THE cvEMnRKM RIMES, PROBLEM 3.C6 foe cee Os bonOe ze-c_e Pe ee { ain Le (heen? = (ar er, TY», age ZA) 6d: 4N7ee uur mets Fon Tb, Gt, ame K Coors! -F basen ® = Proprietary Material. ©2009 The MeGraw-Hill Companies Ine All sights reserved, No par ofthis Manel may be payed reproduced, ot ‘iarbted i any form or by any means, without the price vr permission ofthe publisher, or sed beyond the ited dssbuton to teachers nd educator ermitied by McGraw-Hl for thelr individual course preparation. A student using this manuals sing it witht permission. Problem 4.3 43. A beam of the cross section shown is extruded from an aluminum alloy for ‘which oy = 250 MPa and oy = 450 MPa. Using a factor of safely of 3.00, determine the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the 2 exis, MioroMle stress = Se > 82 150 MPa tho > IBowiot Pa. Wr ssl sed Moment of inertia about z amis, U ee Es Ges = 682.67 410% mm" Tye ROG + 43.69 10 sam! M9 T= ZT, = 682.67 «10% me" a7 ae I, ys 4 = T+ T+ Ty = 1.40902 #108 met L4oqo2 id nt 6- a with cr $08) = 4Omm = 0.040 m Ma ES - Cuesoanid sen). 5 agiot Nem M25. 28 kN 0.040 44 Solve Prob. 4.3, assuming that the beam js bent about they axis. 43. A beam of the cross section shown is extruded fiom an aluminum alloy for y= 250 MPa and oy = 450 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 3.00, determine ‘the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the z axis. AMowahte stress = Se = YE2 — 150 mPa + 150 «10° Pe Moment df inertia abost yroatis, aS 16.0 T= BMG + (2o\lie)(ie = 354.987 10" mm! Z| fA Ly = EBAY = 10923410" mom" Ase , ZR) Ty = T= 354.987 410" mm! AN “y 4 Le TpaDp4Ty = 720.910 mm’ = 720.4410" wn Me widh c= £048) = 24 mm = 0.024 m ES , (720.9110 USO IA) 4 six ict Nem DMe4.SI Nem = O24 Problem 4.5 45 The steel beam shown ismade ofa grade of steel for which oy 250 MPa and ey = 400 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 2.50, determine the largest couple that ean be applied to the beam when it is bent about the x axis "| 16m F | The momert of inertia Ty cis eguivabent to that of a rectangle with a cvtoot - TT -{ft0 0 ee c yt |—2t0 Fe = | Y -ZYb ae bt aa al kod Larger weetangfet b> 200 mm = 260mm Tre bh T's b(200(260)? = 247, 933«10% mm" SrocMen rectangle+ b, = 200-10 = 190mm — y= 26O- (2)LIG) * RABmm T= dCi40\K228)% = 187.662 #106 mm" fection Ty = T-T, = 105.271 *10%mm = 105.271 10° mn" cr *D 130 mm = 0./30 m Sy 400 as ep San = = = FS = 160 MPa = 160x/0° Pa _ Mee ae = as 0S.171* 10" )( 160 x10*) Sen * Te 7 2 es ented = 129.564 ¥10° Nem Ms 129.6 Wem tt Proprietary Material. ©2009 The MeGraw-Hill Companies Tne ll ight reserved, No pst ofthis Manu maybe diplayed reprodeced, ot Aitrbuted in any form or By sy mean, witout the prio writen persion ofthe publisher ot vid beyond he limited dsrbution to teachers nd edcatorepemited by MeGraw-Hil fr thee individal couse preparation. A rules sing thie mano iucing it without pemision.

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy